\documentclass[a4paper]{Bible} % use our own Bible document class found in Bible.cls

\begin{document}

\BibleBook{Isaya}

\BibleBookTableOfContents

\BibleTitlePage
\BibleMainTitle{Isaya}

\BibleText
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{1}Maono kuhusu Yuda na Yerusalemu ambayo Isaya mwana wa Amozi aliyaona wakati wa utawala wa Uzia, Yothamu, Ahazi na Hezekia, wafalme wa Yuda.

\BibleSectionHeading{Taifa Asi}

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Taifa Asi}
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Sikieni, enyi mbingu! Sikilizeni, enyi dunia!
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Kwa maana \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amesema:
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Nimewalisha watoto na kuwalea,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini wameniasi mimi.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Ngʼombe anamjua bwana wake,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye punda anajua hori la mmiliki wake,
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
lakini Israeli hajui,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watu wangu hawaelewi.”
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Lo! Taifa lenye dhambi,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watu waliolemewa na uovu,
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
uzao wa watenda mabaya,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watoto waliozoelea upotovu!
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wamemwacha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana},
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Wamemkataa kwa dharau
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kumgeuzia kisogo.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Kwa nini mzidi kupigwa?
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Kwa nini kudumu katika uasi?
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kichwa chako chote kimejeruhiwa,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
moyo wako wote ni mgonjwa.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Kutoka wayo wako wa mguu hadi kwenye utosi wa kichwa chako
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna uzima:
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ni majeraha matupu na makovu
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na vidonda vitokavyo damu,
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
havikusafishwa au kufungwa
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala kulainishwa kwa mafuta.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Nchi yenu imekuwa ukiwa,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
miji yenu imeteketezwa kwa moto;
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nchi yenu imeachwa tupu na wageni
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mbele ya macho yenu,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
imeharibiwa kama vile imepinduliwa na wageni.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Binti Sayuni ameachwa kama kipenu
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika shamba la mizabibu,
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama kibanda katika shamba la matikitimaji,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama mji uliohusuriwa.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Kama \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{1:9 }Bwana Mwenye Nguvu Zote hapa ni Yehova Sabaoth, yaani Bwana wa Majeshi; pia \+rq Warumi 9:29\+rq* na \+rq Yakobo 5:4\+rq*.}
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asingelituachia walionusurika,
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
tungelikuwa kama Sodoma,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tungelifanana na Gomora.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Sikieni neno la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana},
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi watawala wa Sodoma;
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
sikilizeni sheria ya Mungu wetu,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
enyi watu wa Gomora!
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} anasema, “Wingi wa sadaka zenu,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni kitu gani kwangu?
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ninazo sadaka za kuteketezwa nyingi kupita kiasi,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
za kondoo dume na mafuta ya wanyama walionona.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Sipendezwi na damu za mafahali
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala za wana-kondoo na mbuzi.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Mnapokuja kujihudhurisha mbele zangu,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni nani aliyewataka ninyi mfanye hivyo,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huku kuzikanyaga nyua zangu?
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Acheni kuniletea sadaka zisizokuwa na maana!
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Uvumba wenu ni chukizo kwangu.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Miandamo ya Mwezi, Sabato na makusanyiko ya ibada:
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
siwezi kuvumilia makusanyiko yenu maovu.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Sikukuu zenu za Miandamo ya Mwezi, na sikukuu zenu zilizoamriwa:
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
moyo wangu unazichukia.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Zimekuwa mzigo kwangu,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nimechoka kuzivumilia.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Mnaponyoosha mikono yenu katika maombi,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitaficha macho yangu nisiwaone;
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hata mkiomba maombi mengi
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sitasikiliza.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mikono yenu imejaa damu;
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{16}jiosheni na mkajitakase.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Yaondoeni matendo yenu maovu
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mbele zangu!
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Acheni kutenda mabaya,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{17}jifunzeni kutenda mema!
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tafuteni haki,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watieni moyo walioonewa.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Teteeni shauri la yatima,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wateteeni wajane.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}“Njooni basi tuhojiane,”
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Ingawa dhambi zenu ni kama rangi nyekundu,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
zitakuwa nyeupe kama theluji;
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ingawa ni nyekundu sana kama damu,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
zitakuwa nyeupe kama sufu.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Kama mkikubali na kutii,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mtakula mema ya nchi,
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}lakini kama mkikataa na kuasi,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mtaangamizwa kwa upanga.”
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
Kwa kuwa kinywa cha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} kimenena.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Tazama jinsi mji uliokuwa mwaminifu
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
umekuwa kahaba!
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mwanzoni ulikuwa umejaa unyofu,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
haki ilikuwa inakaa ndani yake,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini sasa ni wauaji!
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Fedha yenu imekuwa takataka,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
divai yenu nzuri imechanganywa na maji.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Watawala wenu ni waasi,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
rafiki wa wevi,
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wote wanapenda rushwa
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukimbilia hongo.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hawatetei yatima,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
shauri la mjane haliletwi mbele yao lisikilizwe.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Kwa hiyo Bwana, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mwenye Nguvu wa Israeli, asema hivi:
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Lo, nitapata faraja kutoka kwa adui zangu
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kujilipizia kisasi juu ya watesi wangu.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}Nitauelekeza mkono wangu dhidi yenu,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitawasafisha takataka zenu zote
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwaondolea unajisi wenu wote.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{26}Nitawarudishia waamuzi wenu kama ilivyokuwa siku za zamani,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao washauri wenu kama ilivyokuwa mwanzoni.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Baadaye utaitwa,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mji wa Haki,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mji Mwaminifu.”
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{27}Sayuni itakombolewa kwa haki,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wale waliomo ndani yake waliotubu kwa uaminifu.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{28}Lakini waasi na wenye dhambi wote wataangamizwa,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wanaomwacha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} wataangamia.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{29}“Mtaaibika kwa sababu ya hiyo mialoni
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambayo mlifurahia,
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mtafadhaika kwa sababu ya bustani
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mlizozichagua.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{30}Mtakuwa kama mwaloni wenye majani yanayonyauka,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama bustani isiyokuwa na maji.
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{31}Mtu mwenye nguvu atatoweka kama majani makavu yawakayo moto,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kazi yake kama cheche ya moto;
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
vyote vitaungua pamoja,
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hakuna wa kuuzima huo moto.”

\BibleSectionHeading{Mlima Wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Mlima Wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }
\BibleSectionCrossReference{(Mika 4:1-3) }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{2}Hili ndilo aliloliona Isaya mwana wa Amozi kuhusu Yuda na Yerusalemu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{2}Katika siku za mwisho 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mlima wa Hekalu la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} utaimarishwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama mlima mkuu miongoni mwa milima yote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
utainuliwa juu ya vilima, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mataifa yote yatamiminika huko. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{3}Mataifa mengi yatakuja na kusema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Njooni, twendeni mlimani mwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwenye nyumba ya Mungu wa Yakobo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Atatufundisha njia zake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili tuweze kuenenda katika mapito yake.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Sheria itatoka Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
neno la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} litatoka Yerusalemu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Atahukumu kati ya mataifa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na ataamua migogoro ya mataifa mengi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watafua panga zao ziwe majembe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mikuki yao kuwa miundu ya kukata matawi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Taifa halitainua upanga dhidi ya taifa jingine, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hawatajifunza vita tena. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Njooni, enyi nyumba ya Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tutembeeni katika nuru ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Siku Ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Siku Ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Umewatelekeza watu wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nyumba ya Yakobo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wamejaa ushirikina utokao Mashariki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanapiga ramli kama Wafilisti 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wanashikana mikono na wapagani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Nchi yao imejaa fedha na dhahabu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna mwisho wa hazina zao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nchi yao imejaa farasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna mwisho wa magari yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Nchi yao imejaa sanamu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanasujudia kazi za mikono yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vitu vile vidole vyao vimevitengeneza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Kwa hiyo mwanadamu atashushwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na binadamu atanyenyekezwa: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
usiwasamehe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Ingieni kwenye miamba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
jificheni ardhini 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kutokana na utisho wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na utukufu wa enzi yake! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Macho ya mtu mwenye majivuno yatanyenyekezwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kiburi cha wanadamu kitashushwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} peke yake ndiye atakayetukuzwa siku hiyo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote anayo siku aliyoiweka akiba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa wote wenye kujivuna na wenye kiburi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa wote wanaojikweza 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
(nao watanyenyekezwa), 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}kwa mierezi yote ya Lebanoni iliyo mirefu sana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mialoni yote ya Bashani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}kwa milima yote mirefu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na vilima vyote vilivyoinuka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}kwa kila mnara ulio mrefu sana 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kila ukuta wenye ngome, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}kwa kila meli ya biashara,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{2:16 }Au: ya Tarshishi (ona pia \+xt 1Fal 10:22; 22:48; 2Nya 9:21; 20:36; Isa 60:9\+xt*.)} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kila chombo cha baharini cha fahari. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Majivuno ya mwanadamu yatashushwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kiburi cha wanadamu kitanyenyekezwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} peke yake ndiye atatukuzwa siku hiyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{18}nazo sanamu zitatoweka kabisa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Watu watakimbilia kwenye mapango ndani ya miamba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwenye mahandaki ardhini 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kutokana na utisho wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na utukufu wa enzi yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ainukapo kuitikisa dunia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Siku ile, watu watawatupia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
panya na popo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
sanamu zao za fedha na za dhahabu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
walizozitengeneza ili waziabudu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Watakimbilia kwenye mapango miambani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwenye nyufa za miamba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kutokana na utisho wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na utukufu wa enzi yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ainukapo kuitikisa dunia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Acheni kumtumainia mwanadamu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambaye hana kitu ila pumzi katika pua zake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Yeye ana thamani gani? 

\BibleSectionHeading{Hukumu Juu Ya Yerusalemu Na Yuda. }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Hukumu Juu Ya Yerusalemu Na Yuda. }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{3}Tazama sasa, Bwana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yu karibu kuwaondolea Yerusalemu na Yuda 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
upatikanaji wa mahitaji na misaada, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
upatikanaji wote wa chakula na tegemeo lote la maji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{2}shujaa na mtu wa vita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mwamuzi na nabii, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mwaguzi na mzee, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}jemadari wa kikosi cha watu hamsini 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mtu mwenye cheo, mshauri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
fundi stadi na mlozi mjanja. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Nitawafanya wavulana wawe maafisa wao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watoto ndio watakaowatawala. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Watu wataoneana wao kwa wao: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mtu dhidi ya mtu, na jirani dhidi ya jirani yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kijana atainuka dhidi ya mzee, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mtu mnyonge dhidi ya mtu mwenye heshima. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Mtu atamkamata mmoja wa ndugu zake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika nyumba ya baba yake na kusema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Unalo joho, sasa uwe kiongozi wetu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tawala lundo hili la magofu!” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Lakini siku hiyo atapiga kelele akisema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Sina uponyaji. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Sina chakula wala mavazi katika nyumba yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
msinifanye niwe kiongozi wa watu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Yerusalemu inapepesuka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Yuda inaanguka; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
maneno yao na matendo yao ni kinyume na \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakiudharau uwepo wake uliotukuka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Nyuso zao zinavyoonekana zinashuhudia dhidi yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hujivunia dhambi yao kama Sodoma, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hawaifichi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ole wao! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Wamejiletea maafa juu yao wenyewe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Waambie wanyofu itakuwa heri kwao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa kuwa watafurahia tunda la matendo yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Ole kwa watu waovu! Maafa yapo juu yao! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Watalipwa kwa ajili ya yale mikono yao iliyotenda. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Vijana wanawatesa watu wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanawake wanawatawala. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Enyi watu wangu, viongozi wenu wanawapotosha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanawapoteza njia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} anachukua nafasi yake mahakamani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
anasimama kuhukumu watu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} anaingia katika hukumu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
dhidi ya wazee na viongozi wa watu wake: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Ninyi ndio mlioharibu shamba langu la mizabibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mali zilizonyangʼanywa maskini zimo nyumbani mwenu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Mnamaanisha nini kuwaponda watu wangu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuzisaga nyuso za maskini?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
asema Bwana, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} asema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Wanawake wa Sayuni wana kiburi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wanatembea na shingo ndefu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakikonyeza kwa macho yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wanatembea kwa hatua za madaha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakiwa na mapambo ya njuga kwenye vifundo vya miguu yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Kwa hiyo Bwana ataleta majipu kwenye vichwa vya wanawake wa Sayuni; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atazifanya ngozi za vichwa vyao kuwa vipara.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{18}Katika siku ile Bwana atawanyangʼanya uzuri wao: bangili, tepe za kichwani, mikufu yenye alama za mwezi mwandamo, 
\verseNumber{19}vipuli, vikuku, shela, 
\verseNumber{20}vilemba, mikufu ya vifundo vya miguu, mshipi, chupa za manukato na hirizi, 
\verseNumber{21}pete zenye muhuri, pete za puani, 
\verseNumber{22}majoho mazuri, mitandio, mavazi, kifuko cha kutilia fedha, 
\verseNumber{23}vioo, mavazi ya kitani, taji na shali. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Badala ya harufu ya manukato kutakuwa na uvundo; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
badala ya mishipi, ni kamba; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
badala ya nywele zilizotengenezwa vizuri, ni upara; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
badala ya mavazi mazuri, ni nguo za magunia; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
badala ya uzuri, ni alama ya aibu kwa chuma cha moto. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}Wanaume wako watauawa kwa upanga, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao mashujaa wako watauawa vitani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{26}Malango ya Sayuni yataomboleza na kulia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ataketi mavumbini akiwa fukara. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{4}Katika siku ile wanawake saba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watamshika mwanaume mmoja 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wakisema, “Tutakula chakula chetu wenyewe 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuvaa nguo zetu wenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ila wewe uturuhusu tu tuitwe kwa jina lako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Utuondolee aibu yetu!” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Tawi La \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Tawi La \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{2}Katika siku ile Tawi la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} litakuwa zuri na lenye utukufu, nalo tunda la nchi litakuwa fahari na utukufu wa wale Waisraeli watakaonusurika. 
\verseNumber{3}Wale watakaoachwa Sayuni, watakaobaki Yerusalemu, wataitwa watakatifu, wale wote ambao wameorodheshwa miongoni mwa walio hai huko Yerusalemu. 
\verseNumber{4}Bwana atausafisha uchafu wa wanawake wa Sayuni, atatakasa madoa ya damu kutoka Yerusalemu kwa Roho ya hukumu na Roho ya moto. 
\verseNumber{5}Kisha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ataumba juu ya Mlima wote wa Sayuni, na juu ya wale wote wanaokusanyika hapo, wingu la moshi wakati wa mchana, na kungʼaa kwa miali ya moto wakati wa usiku, nako juu ya huo utukufu wote kutatanda kifuniko cha ulinzi. 
\verseNumber{6}Utakuwa sitara na kivuli kutokana na joto la mchana, na kuwa mahali pa kujificha kutokana na dhoruba na mvua. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Wimbo Wa Shamba La Mizabibu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Wimbo Wa Shamba La Mizabibu }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{5}Nitaimba wimbo kwa ajili ya mmoja nimpendaye, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuhusu shamba lake la mizabibu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mpendwa wangu alikuwa na shamba la mizabibu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwenye kilima chenye rutuba. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Alililima na kuondoa mawe 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na akaliotesha mizabibu bora sana. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Akajenga mnara wa ulinzi ndani yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutengeneza shinikizo la kukamulia divai pia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kisha akatazamia kupata mazao ya zabibu nzuri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini lilizaa matunda mabaya tu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}“Basi enyi wakazi wa Yerusalemu na watu wa Yuda, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hukumuni kati yangu na shamba langu la mizabibu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Ni nini zaidi ambacho kingeweza kufanyika kwa shamba langu la mizabibu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuliko yale niliyofanya? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nilipotazamia kupata zabibu nzuri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa nini lilizaa zabibu mbaya tu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Sasa nitawaambia lile nitakalolitendea 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
shamba langu la mizabibu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitaondoa uzio wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nalo litaharibiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitabomoa ukuta wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nalo litakanyagwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Nitalifanya nchi ya ukiwa isiyokaliwa na watu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
halitakatiwa matawi wala kulimwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nayo michongoma na miiba itamea huko, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitaamuru mawingu yasinyeshe mvua juu yake.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Shamba la mzabibu la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni nyumba ya Israeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na watu wa Yuda 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni bustani yake ya kumpendeza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Alitazamia haki, lakini akaona umwagaji damu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
alitazamia uadilifu, lakini akasikia vilio vya taabu. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Ole Na Hukumu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Ole Na Hukumu }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Ole wenu mnaoongeza nyumba baada ya nyumba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuunganisha mashamba baada ya mashamba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hadi hakuna nafasi iliyobaki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nanyi mnaishi peke yenu katika nchi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote amesema nikisikia: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Hakika nyumba kubwa zitakuwa ukiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo majumba ya fahari yatabaki bila kukaliwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Shamba la mizabibu la eka kumi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
litatoa bathi\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{5:10 }Bathi moja ni sawa na lita 22.} moja ya divai, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na homeri\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{5:10 }Homeri moja ni sawa na lita 220.} ya mbegu zilizopandwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
itatoa efa\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{5:10 }Efa moja ni sawa na lita 22.} moja tu ya nafaka.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Ole wao wale waamkao asubuhi na mapema 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakikimbilia kunywa vileo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wale wakawiao sana mpaka usiku, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mpaka wamewaka kwa mvinyo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Wana vinubi na zeze kwenye karamu zao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
matari, filimbi na mvinyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
lakini hawayajali matendo ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hawana heshima kwa ajili ya kazi ya mikono yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Kwa hiyo watu wangu watakwenda uhamishoni 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa sababu ya kukosa ufahamu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
watu wao wenye vyeo watakufa kwa njaa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na watu wao wengi watakauka kwa kiu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Kwa hiyo kaburi\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{5:14 }Kaburi hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.} limeongeza hamu yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kupanua mdomo wake bila kikomo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ndani mwake watashuka wakuu wao na wingi wa watu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pamoja na wagomvi wao, na wafanyao sherehe wote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Hivyo mwanadamu atashushwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na binadamu kunyenyekezwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
macho ya wenye majivuno yatanyenyekezwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Lakini \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote atatukuzwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya haki yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
naye Mungu Mtakatifu atajionyesha mwenyewe 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwa mtakatifu kwa haki yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Kondoo watajilisha kwenye malisho yao wenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wana-kondoo watajilisha katika magofu ya matajiri. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Ole wao wanaovuta dhambi kwa kamba za udanganyifu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na uovu kama kwa kamba za mkokoteni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}kwa wale wanaosema, “Mungu na afanye haraka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
aharakishe kazi yake ili tupate kuiona. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huo mpango wa Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli na ukamilike, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tena udhihirike ili tupate kuujua.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Ole wao wanaoita ubaya ni wema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wema ni ubaya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wawekao giza badala ya nuru, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na nuru badala ya giza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wawekao uchungu badala ya utamu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na utamu badala ya uchungu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Ole wao walio na hekima machoni pao wenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kujiona wenye akili machoni pao wenyewe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Ole wao walio mashujaa kwa kunywa mvinyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao walio hodari katika kuchanganya vileo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}wale wanaoachilia wenye hatia kwa kupokea hongo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini huwanyima haki wasio na hatia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Kwa hiyo, kama ndimi za moto zirambavyo nyasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kama vile majani makavu yazamavyo katika miali ya moto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ndivyo mizizi yao itakavyooza 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na maua yao yatakavyopeperushwa kama mavumbi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa kuwa wameikataa sheria ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kulisukumia mbali neno la Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}Kwa hiyo hasira ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} inawaka dhidi ya watu wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mkono wake umeinuliwa na anawapiga. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Milima inatetemeka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
maiti ni kama takataka kwenye barabara. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hata kwa haya yote, hasira yake haijageukia mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mkono wake bado umeinuliwa juu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{26}Yeye anainua bendera kwa ajili ya mataifa yaliyo mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
anapiga filimbi kwa ajili ya wale walio kwenye miisho ya dunia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tazama wamekuja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa kasi na kwa haraka! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{27}Hakuna hata mmoja wao anayechoka wala kujikwaa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna hata mmoja anayesinzia wala kulala, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hakuna mkanda uliolegezwa kiunoni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna gidamu ya kiatu iliyokatika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{28}Mishale yao ni mikali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pinde zao zote zimevutwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwato za farasi wao ziko kama jiwe la gumegume, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
magurudumu ya magari yao ya vita ni kama upepo wa kisulisuli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{29}Ngurumo yao ni kama ile ya simba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wananguruma kama wana simba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wanakoroma wanapokamata mawindo yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuondoka nayo pasipo yeyote wa kuokoa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{30}Katika siku ile watanguruma juu yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama ngurumo za bahari. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kama mtu akiitazama nchi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ataona giza na dhiki; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hata nuru itatiwa giza kwa mawingu. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Agizo Kwa Isaya }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Agizo Kwa Isaya }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{6}Katika mwaka ule Mfalme Uzia alikufa, nilimwona Bwana ameketi katika kiti cha enzi, kilicho juu na kilichotukuzwa sana, nalo pindo la joho lake likajaza Hekalu. 
\verseNumber{2}Juu yake walikuwepo maserafi, kila mmoja alikuwa na mabawa sita: Kwa mabawa mawili walifunika nyuso zao, kwa mengine mawili walifunika miguu yao, na kwa mawili walikuwa wakiruka. 
\verseNumber{3}Nao walikuwa wakiitana kila mmoja na mwenzake: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Mtakatifu, Mtakatifu, Mtakatifu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
dunia yote imejaa utukufu wake.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleM
\verseNumber{4}Kwa sauti zao, miimo ya milango na vizingiti vilitikisika, nalo Hekalu likajaa moshi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{5}Ndipo nikalia, “Ole wangu! Nimeangamia! Kwa kuwa mimi ni mtu mwenye midomo michafu, nami ninaishi katikati ya watu wenye midomo michafu, nayo macho yangu yamemwona Mfalme, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{6}Ndipo mmoja wa wale maserafi akaruka kunijia akiwa na kaa la moto linalowaka mkononi mwake, ambalo alikuwa amelichukua kwa koleo kutoka madhabahuni. 
\verseNumber{7}Akanigusa nalo kinywa changu na kusema, “Tazama, hili limegusa midomo yako, uovu wako umeondolewa, nayo dhambi yako imesamehewa.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{8}Kisha nikasikia sauti ya Bwana ikisema, “Nimtume nani? Ni nani atakayekwenda kwa ajili yetu?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
Nami nikasema, “Mimi hapa. Nitume mimi!” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{9}Akasema, “Nenda ukawaambie watu hawa: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“ ‘Mtaendelea daima kusikiliza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini kamwe hamtaelewa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mtaendelea daima kutazama, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini kamwe hamtatambua.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Fanya mioyo ya watu hawa kuwa migumu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
fanya masikio yao yasisikie, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na upofushe macho yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wasije wakaona kwa macho yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wakasikiliza kwa masikio yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakaelewa kwa mioyo yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nao wakageuka, nikawaponywa.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{11}Ndipo nikasema, “Hadi lini, Ee Bwana?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
Naye akanijibu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Hadi miji iwe imeachwa magofu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na bila wakazi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hadi nyumba zitakapobaki bila watu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mashamba yatakapoharibiwa na kuangamizwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}hadi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakapokuwa amekwisha kumpeleka kila mmoja mbali sana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na nchi itakapokuwa imeachwa kabisa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Hata kama sehemu ya kumi ya watu watabaki katika nchi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
itaharibiwa tena. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lakini kama vile mvinje na mwaloni 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ibakizavyo visiki inapokatwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndivyo mbegu takatifu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
itakavyokuwa kisiki katika nchi.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Ishara Ya Imanueli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Ishara Ya Imanueli }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{7}Wakati Ahazi mwana wa Yothamu, mwana wa Uzia, alipokuwa mfalme wa Yuda, Mfalme Resini wa Aramu,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{7:1 }Yaani Shamu.} na Peka mwana wa Remalia mfalme wa Israeli walipanda kupigana dhidi ya Yerusalemu, lakini hawakuweza kuushinda. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{2}Wakati huu nyumba ya Daudi iliambiwa, “Aramu wameungana na Efraimu.” Kwa hiyo mioyo ya Ahazi na watu wake ilitikiswa, kama miti ya msituni inavyotikiswa na upepo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{3}Ndipo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} akamwambia Isaya, “Toka uende, wewe na mwanao Shear-Yashubu,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{7:3 }Shear-Yashubu maana yake Mabaki Watarudi.} mkutane na Ahazi huko mwisho wa mfereji wa Bwawa la Juu, kwenye barabara iendayo Shamba la Dobi. 
\verseNumber{4}Mwambie, ‘Uwe mwangalifu, utulie na usiogope. Usife moyo kwa ajili ya watu hawa wawili walio kama visiki vya kuni vifukavyo moshi, kwa ajili ya hasira kali ya Resini na Aramu na ya mwana wa Remalia. 
\verseNumber{5}Aramu, Efraimu na mwana wa Remalia wamepanga shauri baya ili wakuangamize, wakisema, 
\verseNumber{6}“Tuishambulie Yuda, naam, tuirarue vipande vipande na kuigawa miongoni mwetu, na kumtawaza mwana wa Tabeeli awe mfalme juu yake.” 
\verseNumber{7}Lakini \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi asema hivi: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“ ‘Jambo hili halitatendeka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
halitatokea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}kwa kuwa kichwa cha Aramu ni Dameski, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kichwa cha Dameski ni Resini peke yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Katika muda wa miaka sitini na mitano, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Efraimu atakuwa ameharibiwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kiasi kwamba hataweza tena kuwa taifa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Kichwa cha Efraimu ni Samaria, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kichwa cha Samaria 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni mwana wa Remalia peke yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kama hamtasimama thabiti katika imani yenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hamtaimarika kamwe.’ ” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{10}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} akasema na Ahazi tena, 
\verseNumber{11}“Mwombe \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mungu wako ishara, iwe kwenye vina virefu sana, au kwenye vimo virefu sana.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{12}Lakini Ahazi akasema, “Sitaomba; sitamjaribu \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{13}Ndipo Isaya akasema, “Sikia sasa, ewe nyumba ya Daudi! Je, haitoshi kujaribu uvumilivu wa wanadamu? Je, mtaujaribu uvumilivu wa Mungu wangu pia? 
\verseNumber{14}Kwa hiyo Bwana mwenyewe atawapa ishara: Bikira atachukua mimba, naye atamzaa mwana, na ataitwa Imanueli.\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{7:14 }Imanueli maana yake Mungu yu pamoja nasi.} 
\verseNumber{15}Atakula jibini na asali atakapokuwa ameweza kukataa mabaya na kuchagua mema. 
\verseNumber{16}Lakini kabla mtoto hajajua kukataa mabaya na kuchagua mema, nchi ya wafalme hao wawili unaowaogopa itafanywa ukiwa. 
\verseNumber{17}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ataleta juu yako, juu ya watu wako, na juu ya nyumba ya baba yako wakati ambao haujawahi kuwako tangu Efraimu alipojitenga na Yuda: yeye atawaleteeni mfalme wa Ashuru.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{18}Katika siku ile \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atawapigia filimbi mainzi kutoka vijito vya mbali vya Misri, na nyuki kutoka nchi ya Ashuru. 
\verseNumber{19}Wote watakuja na kukaa kwenye mabonde yenye miteremko, na kwenye nyufa za miamba, kwenye vichaka vyote vyenye miiba, na kwenye mashimo yote ya maji. 
\verseNumber{20}Katika siku ile Bwana atatumia wembe ulioajiriwa kutoka ngʼambo ya Mto,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{7:20 }Yaani Frati.} yaani mfalme wa Ashuru, kunyoa nywele za kichwa chako na malaika ya miguu yako, na kuziondoa ndevu zako pia. 
\verseNumber{21}Katika siku ile, mtu atahifadhi hai ndama mmoja na kondoo wawili. 
\verseNumber{22}Kwa ajili ya wingi wa maziwa watakayotoa, atapata jibini ya kula. Wote watakaobakia katika nchi watakula jibini na asali. 
\verseNumber{23}Katika siku ile, kila mahali palipokuwa na mizabibu elfu moja yenye thamani ya shekeli 1,000\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{7:23 }Shekeli 1,000 ni kama kilo 11.5.} za fedha, patakuwa na michongoma na miiba tu. 
\verseNumber{24}Watu watakwenda huko wakiwa na upinde na mshale, kwa maana nchi itafunikwa na michongoma na miiba. 
\verseNumber{25}Kuhusu vilima vyote vilivyokuwa vikilimwa kwa jembe, hamtakwenda huko tena kwa ajili ya hofu ya michongoma na miiba. Patakuwa mahali ambapo ngʼombe wataachiwa huru, na kondoo kukimbia kimbia. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Ashuru, Chombo Cha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Ashuru, Chombo Cha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{8}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} akaniambia, “Chukua gombo kubwa, uandike juu yake kwa kalamu ya kawaida jina: Maher-Shalal-Hash-Bazi.\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{8:1 }Maher-Shalal-Hash-Bazi maana yake ni Haraka kuteka nyara, Upesi kwenye hizo nyara.} 
\verseNumber{2}Nami nitawaita kuhani Uria, na Zekaria mwana wa Yeberekia kama mashahidi wangu waaminifu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{3}Kisha nikaenda kwa nabii mke, naye akapata mimba, akazaa mwana. Kisha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} akaniambia, “Mwite huyo mtoto Maher-Shalal-Hash-Bazi. 
\verseNumber{4}Kabla mtoto hajaweza kusema ‘Baba yangu’ au ‘Mama yangu,’ utajiri wa Dameski na nyara za Samaria zitachukuliwa na mfalme wa Ashuru.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{5}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} akasema nami tena: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}“Kwa sababu watu hawa wamekataa maji ya Shilo yatiririkayo taratibu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakamfurahia Resini na mwana wa Remalia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}kwa hiyo Bwana yu karibu kuleta dhidi yao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mafuriko makubwa ya Mto:\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{8:7 }Yaani Frati.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yaani mfalme wa Ashuru na fahari yake yote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Yatafurika juu ya mifereji yake yote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yatamwagikia juu ya kingo zake zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}na kufika hadi Yuda, yakizunguka kwa kasi juu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yakipita katikati na yakifika hadi shingoni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mabawa yake yaliyokunjuliwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yatafunika upana wa nchi yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ee Imanueli!”\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{8:8 }Imanueli maana yake Mungu yu pamoja nasi.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Inueni kilio cha vita, enyi mataifa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mkavunjwevunjwe! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Sikilizeni, enyi nyote nchi za mbali. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Jiandaeni kwa vita, nanyi mkavunjwevunjwe! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Jiandaeni kwa vita, nanyi mkavunjwevunjwe! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Wekeni mikakati yenu, lakini itashindwa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
fanyeni mipango yenu, lakini haitafanikiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa maana Mungu yu pamoja nasi.\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{8:10 }Kiebrania ni Imanueli.} 

\BibleSectionHeading{Mwogope Mungu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Mwogope Mungu }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{11}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} alisema nami mkono wake wenye nguvu ukiwa juu yangu, akinionya nisifuate njia za taifa hili. Akasema: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}“Usiite fitina kila kitu ambacho watu hawa hukiita fitina, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
usiogope kile wanachokiogopa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala usikihofu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndiye peke yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ikupasaye kumheshimu kuwa mtakatifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ndiye peke yake utakayemwogopa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndiye peke yake utakayemhofu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}naye atakuwa mahali patakatifu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini kwa nyumba zote mbili za Israeli atakuwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
jiwe lile linalosababisha watu kujikwaa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mwamba wa kuwaangusha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa watu wa Yerusalemu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atakuwa mtego na tanzi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Wengi wao watajikwaa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wataanguka na kuvunjika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watategwa na kunaswa.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Funga ushuhuda na kutia muhuri sheria 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
miongoni mwa wanafunzi wangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Nitamngojea \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambaye ameificha nyumba ya Yakobo uso wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitaliweka tumaini langu kwake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{18}Niko hapa, pamoja na watoto ambao \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amenipa. Sisi ni ishara na mfano wake katika Israeli, kutoka kwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, anayeishi juu ya Mlima Sayuni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{19}Wakati watu wanapowaambia ninyi kutafuta ushauri kwa waaguzi na wenye kuongea na mizimu, ambao hunongʼona na kunungʼunika, je, watu wasingeuliza kwa Mungu wao? Kwa nini watake shauri kwa wafu kwa ajili ya walio hai? 
\verseNumber{20}Kwa sheria na kwa ushuhuda! Kama hawatasema sawasawa na neno hili, hawana mwanga wa mapambazuko. 
\verseNumber{21}Watazunguka katika nchi yote, wakiwa na dhiki na njaa. Watakapotaabika kwa njaa, watapatwa na hasira kali, nao, wakiwa wanatazama juu, watamlaani mfalme wao na Mungu wao. 
\verseNumber{22}Kisha wataangalia duniani na kuona tu dhiki na giza, hofu na huzuni tupu, nao watasukumiwa kwenye giza nene kabisa. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Kwa Ajili Yetu Mtoto Amezaliwa }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Kwa Ajili Yetu Mtoto Amezaliwa }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{9}Hata hivyo, hapatakuwepo huzuni tena kwa wale waliokuwa katika dhiki. Wakati uliopita aliidhili nchi ya Zabuloni na nchi ya Naftali, lakini katika siku zijazo ataiheshimu Galilaya ya Mataifa, karibu na njia ya bahari, kando ya Yordani: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Watu wanaotembea katika giza 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wameona nuru kuu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wale wanaoishi katika nchi ya uvuli wa mauti, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nuru imewazukia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Umelikuza taifa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuzidisha furaha yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wanafurahia mbele zako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama watu wanavyofurahia wakati wa mavuno, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama watu wafurahivyo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wagawanyapo nyara. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Kama vile siku ya kushindwa kwa Wamidiani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
umevunja nira iliyowalemea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ile gongo mabegani mwao na 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
fimbo yake yeye aliyewaonea. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Kila kiatu cha askari kilichotumiwa vitani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kila vazi lililovingirishwa katika damu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
vitawekwa kwa ajili ya kuchomwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vitakuwa kuni za kuwasha moto. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Kwa maana, kwa ajili yetu mtoto amezaliwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tumepewa mtoto mwanaume, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao utawala utakuwa mabegani mwake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Naye ataitwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mshauri wa Ajabu, Mungu Mwenye Nguvu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Baba wa Milele, Mfalme wa Amani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Kuongezeka kwa utawala wake na amani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakutakuwa na mwisho. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Atatawala katika kiti cha enzi cha Daudi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na juu ya ufalme wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
akiuthibitisha na kuutegemeza 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa haki na kwa adili, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tangu wakati huo na hata milele. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wivu wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utatimiza haya. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Hasira Ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Dhidi Ya Israeli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Hasira Ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Dhidi Ya Israeli }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Bwana ametuma ujumbe dhidi ya Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utamwangukia Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Watu wote watajua hili: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Efraimu na wakazi wa Samaria, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wanaosema kwa kiburi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na majivuno ya mioyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}“Matofali yameanguka chini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini tutajenga tena kwa mawe yaliyochongwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mitini imeangushwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini tutapanda mierezi badala yake.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Lakini \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amemtia nguvu adui wa Resini dhidi yao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuchochea watesi wao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Waashuru kutoka upande wa mashariki 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na Wafilisti kutoka upande wa magharibi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wameila Israeli kwa kinywa kilichopanuliwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hata kwa haya yote, hasira yake haijageukia mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mkono wake bado umeinuliwa juu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Lakini watu hawajamrudia yeye aliyewapiga, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hawajamtafuta \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Kwa hiyo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakatilia mbali kutoka Israeli kichwa na mkia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tawi la mtende na tete katika siku moja. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Wazee na watu mashuhuri ndio vichwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao manabii wanaofundisha uongo ndio mkia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Wale wanaowaongoza watu hawa wanawapotosha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wale wanaoongozwa wamepotoka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Kwa hiyo Bwana hatawafurahia vijana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hatawahurumia yatima na wajane, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa kuwa kila mmoja wao hamchi Mungu, nao ni waovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kila kinywa kinanena upotovu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hata kwa haya yote, hasira yake haijageukia mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mkono wake bado umeinuliwa juu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Hakika uovu huwaka kama moto; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huteketeza michongoma na miiba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
huwasha moto vichaka vya msituni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hujiviringisha kuelekea juu kama nguzo ya moshi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Kwa hasira ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nchi itachomwa kwa moto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nao watu watakuwa kuni za kuchochea moto. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Hakuna mtu atakayemhurumia ndugu yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Upande wa kuume watakuwa wakitafuna, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini bado wataona njaa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
upande wa kushoto watakuwa wakila, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini hawatashiba. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kila mmoja atajilisha kwa nyama ya mtoto wake mwenyewe: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{21}Manase atamla Efraimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye Efraimu atamla Manase; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao pamoja watakuwa kinyume na Yuda. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hata kwa haya yote, hasira yake haijageukia mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mkono wake bado umeinuliwa juu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{10}Ole wao wawekao sheria zisizo za haki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa wale watoao amri za kuonea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}kuwanyima maskini haki zao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuzuilia haki za watu wangu walioonewa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kuwafanya wajane mawindo yao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwanyangʼanya yatima. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Mtafanya nini siku ya kutoa hesabu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakati maafa yatakapokuja kutoka mbali? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mtamkimbilia nani awape msaada? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mtaacha wapi mali zenu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Hakutasalia kitu chochote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
isipokuwa kujikunyata miongoni mwa mateka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kuanguka miongoni mwa waliouawa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hata kwa haya yote, hasira yake haijageukia mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mkono wake bado umeinuliwa juu. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Hukumu Ya Mungu Juu Ya Ashuru }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Hukumu Ya Mungu Juu Ya Ashuru }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}“Ole kwa Ashuru, fimbo ya hasira yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambaye mkononi mwake ana rungu ya ghadhabu yangu! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Ninamtuma dhidi ya taifa lisilomjua Mungu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninamtuma dhidi ya taifa linalonikasirisha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kukamata mateka na kunyakua nyara, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pia kuwakanyaga chini kama matope ya barabarani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Lakini hili silo analokusudia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hili silo alilo nalo akilini; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kusudi lake ni kuangamiza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuyakomesha mataifa mengi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Maana asema, ‘Je, wafalme wote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
si majemadari wangu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Je, Kalno hakutendwa kama Karkemishi? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Hamathi si kama Arpadi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo Samaria si kama Dameski? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Kama vile mkono wangu ulivyotwaa falme za sanamu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
falme ambazo vinyago vyao vilizidi vile vya Yerusalemu na Samaria: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}je, nisiishughulikie Yerusalemu na sanamu zake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama nilivyoshughulikia Samaria na vinyago vyake?’ ” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{12}Bwana atakapokuwa amemaliza kazi yake yote dhidi ya Mlima Sayuni na Yerusalemu, atasema, “Nitamwadhibu mfalme wa Ashuru kwa ajili ya majivuno ya ukaidi wa moyo wake na kutazama kwa macho yenye dharau.” 
\verseNumber{13}Kwa kuwa anasema: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“ ‘Kwa nguvu za mkono wangu nimefanya hili, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa hekima yangu, kwa sababu nina ufahamu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Niliondoa mipaka ya mataifa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
niliteka nyara hazina zao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama yeye aliye shujaa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
niliwatiisha wafalme wao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Kama mtu atiavyo mkono kwenye kiota, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndivyo mkono wangu ulivyochukua utajiri wa mataifa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama watu wakusanyavyo mayai yaliyoachwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndivyo nilivyokusanya nchi zote; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wala hakuna hata mmoja aliyepiga bawa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kufungua kinywa chake kutoa mlio.’ ” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Je, shoka laweza kujigamba kuwa na nguvu zaidi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuliko yule anayelitumia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
au msumeno kujisifu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
dhidi ya yule anayeutumia? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ni kana kwamba fimbo ingeweza kumwinua yeye aichukuaye, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au mkongojo ungemwinua mwenye kuutumia! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Kwa hiyo Bwana, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atatuma ugonjwa wa kudhoofisha kwa askari wake walio hodari, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
katika fahari yake moto utawaka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama mwali wa moto. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Nuru ya Israeli itakuwa moto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Aliye Mtakatifu wao mwali wa moto; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
katika siku moja utaunguza na kuteketeza miiba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na michongoma yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Fahari ya misitu yake na mashamba yenye rutuba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utateketeza kabisa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama vile mtu mgonjwa adhoofikavyo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Nayo miti inayobaki katika misitu yake itakuwa michache sana 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hata mtoto mdogo angeweza kuihesabu. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Mabaki Ya Israeli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Mabaki Ya Israeli }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Katika siku ile, mabaki ya Israeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
walionusurika wa nyumba ya Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hawatamtegemea tena yeye aliyewapiga, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini watamtegemea kwa kweli 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Mabaki watarudi,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{10:21 }Kiebrania ni Shear-Yashubu, pia 22.} mabaki wa Yakobo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watamrudia Mungu Mwenye Nguvu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Ingawa watu wako, ee Israeli, ni wengi kama mchanga wa pwani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni mabaki yao tu watakaorudi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Maangamizi yamekwisha amriwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni mengi tena ni haki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Bwana, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, atatekeleza 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
maangamizi yaliyoamriwa juu ya nchi yote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{24}Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo Bwana, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemalo: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Enyi watu wangu mkaao Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
msiwaogope Waashuru, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wanaowapiga ninyi kwa fimbo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuinua rungu dhidi yenu, kama Misri ilivyofanya. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}Bado kitambo kidogo sana hasira yangu dhidi yenu itakoma, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na ghadhabu yangu itaelekezwa kwenye maangamizi yao.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{26}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote atawachapa kwa mjeledi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama alivyowapiga Wamidiani katika mwamba wa Orebu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
naye atainua fimbo yake juu ya maji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama alivyofanya huko Misri. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{27}Katika siku hiyo mzigo wao utainuliwa kutoka mabegani mwenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na nira yao kutoka shingoni mwenu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nira itavunjwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa sababu ya kutiwa mafuta. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{28}Wanaingia Ayathi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanapita katikati ya Migroni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanahifadhi mahitaji huko Mikmashi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{29}Wanavuka kivukoni, nao wanasema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Tutapiga kambi huko Geba usiku kucha.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Rama inatetemeka; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Gibea ya Sauli inakimbia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{30}Piga kelele, ee Binti Galimu! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Sikiliza, ee Laisha! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Maskini Anathothi! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{31}Madmena inakimbia; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watu wa Gebimu wanajificha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{32}Siku hii ya leo watasimama Nobu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watatikisa ngumi zao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa mlima wa Binti Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa kilima cha Yerusalemu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{33}Tazama, Bwana, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atayakata matawi kwa nguvu kuu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Miti mirefu sana itaangushwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ile mirefu itashushwa chini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{34}Atakata vichaka vya msitu kwa shoka; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Lebanoni itaanguka mbele zake yeye Mwenye Nguvu. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Tawi Kutoka Kwa Yese }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Tawi Kutoka Kwa Yese }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{11}Chipukizi litatokea kutoka shina la Yese, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka mizizi yake Tawi litazaa tunda. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Roho wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakaa juu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Roho wa hekima na wa ufahamu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Roho wa shauri na wa uweza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Roho wa maarifa na wa kumcha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}naye atafurahia kumcha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hatahukumu kwa yale ayaonayo kwa macho yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala kuamua kwa yale ayasikiayo kwa masikio yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}bali kwa uadilifu atahukumu wahitaji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa haki ataamua wanyenyekevu wa dunia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ataipiga dunia kwa fimbo ya kinywa chake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa pumzi ya midomo yake atawaua waovu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Haki itakuwa mkanda wake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na uaminifu utakuwa mshipi kiunoni mwake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Mbwa mwitu ataishi pamoja na mwana-kondoo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye chui atalala pamoja na mbuzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ndama, mwana simba na ngʼombe wa mwaka mmoja watakaa pamoja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye mtoto mdogo atawaongoza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Ngʼombe na dubu watalisha pamoja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watoto wao watalala pamoja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na simba atakula majani makavu kama maksai. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Mtoto mchanga atacheza karibu na shimo la nyoka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
naye mtoto mdogo ataweka mkono wake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwenye kiota cha fira. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Hawatadhuru wala kuharibu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
juu ya mlima wangu mtakatifu wote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa kuwa dunia itajawa na kumjua \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama maji yajazavyo bahari. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{10}Katika siku hiyo, Shina la Yese atasimama kama bendera kwa ajili ya mataifa. Mataifa yatakusanyika kwake, na mahali pake pa kupumzikia patakuwa utukufu. 
\verseNumber{11}Katika siku hiyo Bwana atanyoosha mkono wake mara ya pili kurudisha mabaki ya watu wake waliosalia kutoka Ashuru, Misri, Pathrosi,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{11:11 }Pathrosi ina maana Misri ya Juu.} Kushi, Elamu, Babeli, Hamathi na kutoka visiwa vya baharini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Atainua bendera kwa mataifa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwakusanya Waisraeli walioko uhamishoni; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
atawakusanya watu wa Yuda waliotawanyika 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka pembe nne za dunia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Wivu wa Efraimu utatoweka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na adui wa Yuda watakatiliwa mbali; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Efraimu hatamwonea Yuda wivu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala Yuda hatakuwa na uadui na Efraimu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Watawashukia katika miteremko ya Wafilisti 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hadi upande wa magharibi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa pamoja watawateka watu nyara 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hadi upande wa mashariki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watawapiga Edomu na Moabu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na Waamoni watatawaliwa nao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakausha 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ghuba ya bahari ya Misri; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa upepo mkavu ataupeleka mkono wake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
juu ya Mto Frati. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ataugawanya katika vijito saba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili watu waweze kuuvuka wakiwa wamevaa viatu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Itakuwepo njia kuu kwa mabaki ya watu wake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wale waliosalia kutoka Ashuru, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama ilivyokuwa kwa Israeli 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
walipopanda kutoka Misri. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Kushukuru Na Kusifu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Kushukuru Na Kusifu }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{12}Katika siku ile utasema: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Nitakusifu wewe, Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ingawa ulinikasirikia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hasira yako imegeukia mbali 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nawe umenifariji. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Hakika Mungu ni wokovu wangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitamtumaini wala sitaogopa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, ni nguvu zangu na wimbo wangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
amekuwa wokovu wangu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Kwa furaha mtachota maji 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka visima vya wokovu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{4}Katika siku hiyo mtasema: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Mshukuruni \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, mliitie jina lake; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
julisheni miongoni mwa mataifa yale aliyoyafanya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tangazeni kuwa jina lake limetukuka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Mwimbieni \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, kwa kuwa ametenda mambo makuu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hili na lijulikane duniani kote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Pazeni sauti mwimbe kwa furaha, watu wa Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa maana mkuu ni yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli miongoni mwenu.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Unabii Dhidi Ya Babeli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Unabii Dhidi Ya Babeli }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{13}Neno kuhusu Babeli ambalo Isaya mwana wa Amozi aliliona: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Twekeni bendera juu ya mlima usio na kitu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wapazieni sauti, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wapungieni mkono waingie 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika malango ya wenye heshima. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Nimewaamuru watakatifu wangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nimewaita mashujaa wangu waitimize hasira yangu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wale wanaoshangilia ushindi wangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Sikilizeni kelele juu ya milima, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama ile ya umati mkubwa wa watu! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Sikilizeni, makelele katikati ya falme, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama mataifa yanayokusanyika pamoja! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote anakusanya 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
jeshi kwa ajili ya vita. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Wanakuja kutoka nchi za mbali sana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka miisho ya mbingu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} na silaha za ghadhabu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuangamiza nchi yote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Ombolezeni, kwa maana siku ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} i karibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
itakuja kama uharibifu kutoka kwa Mwenyezi.\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{13:6 }Mwenyezi hapa ina maana ya Shaddai kwa Kiebrania.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Kwa sababu ya hili, mikono yote italegea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
moyo wa kila mtu utayeyuka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Hofu itawakamata, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
uchungu na maumivu makali yatawashika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
watagaagaa kama mwanamke aliye na utungu wa kuzaa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watatazamana kwa hofu kila mtu na mwenzake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nyuso zao zikiwaka kama moto. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Tazameni, siku ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} inakuja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
siku katili, yenye ghadhabu na hasira kali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kuifanya nchi kuwa ukiwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwaangamiza wenye dhambi waliomo ndani yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Nyota za mbinguni na makundi ya nyota 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
havitatoa mwanga wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Jua linalochomoza litatiwa giza 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mwezi hautatoa nuru yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Nitauadhibu ulimwengu kwa ajili ya uovu wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
waovu kwa ajili ya dhambi zao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitakomesha majivuno ya wenye kiburi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na nitakishusha kiburi cha watu wakatili. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Nitawafanya wanadamu kuwa adimu kuliko dhahabu safi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watakuwa wachache sana kuliko dhahabu ya Ofiri. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Kwa hiyo nitazifanya mbingu zitetemeke, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo dunia itatikisika kutoka mahali pake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
katika ghadhabu ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika siku ya hasira yake iwakayo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Kama swala awindwaye, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama kondoo wasio na mchungaji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kila mmoja atarudi kwa watu wake mwenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kila mmoja atakimbilia nchi yake ya kuzaliwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Yeyote atakayetekwa atapasuliwa tumbo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wote watakaokamatwa watauawa kwa upanga. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Watoto wao wachanga watavunjwa vipande vipande 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mbele ya macho yao; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nyumba zao zitatekwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wake zao watatendwa jeuri. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Tazama, nitawachochea Wamedi dhidi yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambao hawajali fedha 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hawafurahii dhahabu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Mishale yao itawaangusha vijana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hawatakuwa na huruma kwa watoto wachanga 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hawataangalia watoto kwa huruma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Babeli, johari ya falme, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utukufu wa kiburi cha Wababeli,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{13:19 }Wababeli hapa maana yake ni Wakaldayo.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
itaangushwa na Mungu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama Sodoma na Gomora. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Hautakaliwa na watu kamwe 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala watu hawataishi humo kwa vizazi vyote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hakuna Mwarabu atakayepiga hema lake huko, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna mchungaji atakayepumzisha makundi yake huko. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Lakini viumbe wa jangwani watalala huko, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mbweha watajaza nyumba zake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
bundi wataishi humo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao mbuzi-mwitu watarukaruka humo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Fisi watalia ndani ya ngome zake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mbweha ndani ya majumba yake ya kifahari. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wakati wake umewadia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na siku zake hazitaongezwa. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Yuda Kufanywa Upya }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Yuda Kufanywa Upya }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{14}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atamhurumia Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atamchagua Israeli tena, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwakalisha katika nchi yao wenyewe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wageni wataungana nao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kujiunga na nyumba ya Yakobo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Mataifa watawachukua 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwaleta mahali pao wenyewe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nayo nyumba ya Israeli itamiliki mataifa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama watumishi na wajakazi katika nchi ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watawafanya watekaji wao kuwa mateka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutawala juu ya wale waliowaonea. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{3}Katika siku \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakapokuondolea mateso, udhia na utumwa wa kikatili, 
\verseNumber{4}utaichukua dhihaka hii dhidi ya mfalme wa Babeli: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tazama jinsi mtesi alivyofikia mwisho! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Tazama jinsi ghadhabu yake kali ilivyokoma! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amevunja fimbo ya mwovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
fimbo ya utawala ya watawala, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}ambayo kwa hasira waliyapiga mataifa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa mapigo yasiyo na kikomo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nao kwa ghadhabu kali waliwatiisha mataifa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa jeuri pasipo huruma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Nchi zote ziko kwenye mapumziko na kwenye amani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanabubujika kwa kuimba. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Hata misunobari na mierezi ya Lebanoni 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
inashangilia mbele yako na kusema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Basi kwa sababu umeangushwa chini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna mkata miti atakayekuja kutukata.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Kuzimu kote kumetaharuki 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kukulaki unapokuja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kunaamsha roho za waliokufa ili kukupokea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wote waliokuwa viongozi katika ulimwengu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kunawafanya wainuke kwenye viti vyao vya kifalme: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wale wote waliokuwa wafalme juu ya mataifa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Wote wataitikia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watakuambia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Wewe pia umekuwa dhaifu, kama sisi tulivyo; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wewe umekuwa kama sisi.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Majivuno yako yote yameshushwa mpaka kuzimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pamoja na kelele ya vinubi vyako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mafunza yametanda chini yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na minyoo imekufunika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Tazama jinsi ulivyoanguka kutoka mbinguni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ewe nyota ya asubuhi, mwana wa mapambazuko! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Umetupwa chini duniani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wewe uliyepata kuangusha mataifa! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Ulisema moyoni mwako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Nitapanda juu hadi mbinguni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitakiinua kiti changu cha enzi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
juu ya nyota za Mungu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitaketi nimetawazwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
juu ya mlima wa kusanyiko, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwenye vimo vya juu sana vya Mlima Mtakatifu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Nitapaa juu kupita mawingu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitajifanya kama Yeye Aliye Juu Sana.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Lakini umeshushwa chini hadi kuzimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hadi kwenye vina vya shimo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Wale wanaokuona wanakukazia macho, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanatafakari hatima yako: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Je, huyu ndiye yule aliyetikisa dunia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kufanya falme zitetemeke, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}yule aliyeifanya dunia kuwa jangwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
aliyeipindua miji yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na ambaye hakuwaachia mateka wake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
waende nyumbani?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Wafalme wote wa mataifa wamelala kwa heshima 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kila mmoja katika kaburi lake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Lakini wewe umetupwa nje ya kaburi lako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama tawi lililokataliwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
umefunikwa na waliouawa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pamoja na wale waliochomwa kwa upanga, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wale washukao mpaka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwenye mawe ya shimo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kama mzoga uliokanyagwa chini ya nyayo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{20}Hutajumuika nao kwenye mazishi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa kuwa umeharibu nchi yako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwaua watu wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mzao wa mwovu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hatatajwa tena kamwe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Andaa mahali pa kuwachinjia wanawe 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya dhambi za baba zao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wasije wakainuka ili kuirithi nchi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuijaza dunia kwa miji yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote asema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Nitainuka dhidi yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitalikatilia mbali jina lake kutoka Babeli pamoja na watu wake walionusurika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watoto wake na wazao wake,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}“Nitaifanya kuwa mahali pa bundi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwa nchi ya matope; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitaifagia kwa ufagio wa maangamizi,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Unabii Dhidi Ya Ashuru }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Unabii Dhidi Ya Ashuru }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{24}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote ameapa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Hakika, kama vile nilivyopanga, ndivyo itakavyokuwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami kama nilivyokusudia, ndivyo itakavyosimama. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}Nitamponda Mwashuru katika nchi yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
juu ya milima yangu nitawakanyagia chini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nira yake itaondolewa kutoka kwa watu wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao mzigo wake utaondolewa kutoka mabegani mwao.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{26}Huu ndio mpango uliokusudiwa kwa ajili ya ulimwengu wote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huu ni mkono ulionyooshwa juu ya mataifa yote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{27}Kwa kuwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote amekusudia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni nani awezaye kumzuia? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mkono wake umenyooshwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni nani awezaye kuurudisha? 

\BibleSectionHeading{Unabii Dhidi Ya Wafilisti }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Unabii Dhidi Ya Wafilisti }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{28}Neno hili lilikuja mwaka ule Mfalme Ahazi alipofariki: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{29}Msifurahi, enyi Wafilisti wote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwamba fimbo iliyowapiga imevunjika; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kutoka mzizi wa huyo nyoka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atachipuka nyoka mwenye sumu kali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
uzao wake utakuwa joka lirukalo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lenye sumu kali. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{30}Maskini kuliko maskini wote watapata malisho, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wahitaji watalala salama. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lakini mzizi wako nitauangamiza kwa njaa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo njaa itawaua walionusurika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{31}Piga yowe, ee lango! Bweka, ee mji! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Yeyukeni, enyi Wafilisti wote! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wingu la moshi linakuja toka kaskazini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hakuna atakayechelewa katika safu zake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{32}Ni jibu gani litakalotolewa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa wajumbe wa taifa hilo? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ameifanya imara Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nako ndani yake watu wake walioonewa watapata kimbilio.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Unabii Dhidi Ya Moabu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Unabii Dhidi Ya Moabu }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{15}Neno kuhusu Moabu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ari iliyo Moabu imeangamizwa: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
imeharibiwa kwa usiku mmoja! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kiri iliyo Moabu imeangamizwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
imeharibiwa kwa usiku mmoja! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Diboni anakwea hadi kwenye hekalu lake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mpaka mahali pake pa juu ili walie, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Moabu anaombolezea Nebo na Medeba. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kila kichwa kimenyolewa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kila ndevu limeondolewa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Wamevaa nguo za magunia barabarani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
juu ya mapaa na kwenye viwanja 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wote wanaomboleza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wamelala kifudifudi kwa kulia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Heshboni na Eleale wanalia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sauti zao zinasikika hadi Yahazi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa hiyo watu wenye silaha wa Moabu wanapiga kelele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo mioyo yao imezimia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Moyo wangu unamlilia Moabu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakimbizi wake wanakimbilia Soari, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hadi Eglath-Shelishiya. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wanapanda njia ya kwenda Luhithi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanakwenda huku wanalia; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
barabarani iendayo Horonaimu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanaombolezea maangamizi yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Maji ya Nimrimu yamekauka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na majani yamenyauka; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mimea imekauka wala hakuna 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kitu chochote kibichi kilichobaki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Kwa hiyo mali waliyoipata na kujiwekea akiba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wamezichukua na kuvuka Bonde la Mierebi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Mwangwi wa kilio chao umefika hadi mpakani mwa Moabu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kilio chao cha huzuni kimefika hadi Eglaimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
maombolezo yao hadi Beer-Elimu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Maji ya Dimoni yamejaa damu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini bado nitaleta pigo jingine juu ya Dimoni: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
simba juu ya wakimbizi wa Moabu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na juu ya wale wanaobaki katika nchi. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Hali Ya Kukata Tamaa Ya Moabu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Hali Ya Kukata Tamaa Ya Moabu }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{16}Pelekeni wana-kondoo kama ushuru 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa mtawala wa nchi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kutoka Sela, kupitia jangwani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hadi mlima wa Binti Sayuni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Kama ndege wanaopapatika 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
waliofukuzwa kutoka kwenye kiota, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ndivyo walivyo wanawake wa Moabu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwenye vivuko vya Arnoni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}“Tupeni shauri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
toeni uamuzi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wakati wa adhuhuri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
fanyeni kivuli chenu kama usiku. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Waficheni watoro, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
msisaliti wakimbizi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Waacheni watoro wa Moabu wakae pamoja nanyi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuweni mahali pao pa salama ili kuepuka mharabu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mtesi atafikia mwisho na maangamizi yatakoma, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
aletaye vita atatoweka kutoka nchi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Kwa upendo kiti cha enzi kitaimarishwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa uaminifu mtu ataketi juu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye atokaye nyumba ya Daudi: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yeye ambaye katika kuhukumu hutafuta haki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na huhimiza njia ya haki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Tumesikia juu ya kiburi cha Moabu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kiburi chake cha kujivuna na udanganyifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kiburi chake na ufidhuli wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini majivuno yake si kitu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Kwa hiyo Wamoabu wanaomboleza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanaiombolezea Moabu kwa pamoja. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wanaomboleza na kuhuzunika 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya watu wa Kir-Haresethi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Mashamba ya Heshboni yananyauka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pia na mizabibu ya Sibma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watawala wa mataifa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wamekanyaga mizabibu iliyo mizuri sana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ambayo ilipata kufika Yazeri 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuenea kuelekea jangwani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Machipukizi yake yalienea 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yakafika hadi baharini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Hivyo ninalia kama Yazeri aliavyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya mizabibu ya Sibma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ee Heshboni, ee Eleale, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninakulowesha kwa machozi! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kelele za furaha kwa ajili ya tunda lako lililoiva 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwa ajili ya mavuno zimekomeshwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Furaha na shangwe zimeondolewa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka mashamba ya matunda; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hakuna yeyote aimbaye wala apazaye sauti 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika mashamba ya mizabibu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hakuna yeyote akanyagaye zabibu shinikizoni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa kuwa nimekomesha makelele. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Moyo wangu unaomboleza kwa ajili ya Moabu kama kinubi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nafsi yangu yote kwa ajili ya Kir-Haresethi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Wakati Moabu anapojitokeza mahali pake pa juu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
anajichosha mwenyewe tu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
anapokwenda mahali pake pa kuabudia miungu ili kuomba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
haitamfaidi lolote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{13}Hili ndilo neno ambalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ameshasema kuhusu Moabu. 
\verseNumber{14}Lakini sasa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} anasema: “Katika miaka mitatu, kama vile mtumishi aliyefungwa na mkataba angeihesabu, fahari ya Moabu na watu wake wengi watadharauliwa, nao walionusurika watakuwa wachache sana, tena wanyonge.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Neno Dhidi Ya Dameski }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Neno Dhidi Ya Dameski }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{17}Neno kuhusu Dameski: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Tazama, Dameski haitakuwa tena mji 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
bali itakuwa lundo la magofu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Miji ya Aroeri itaachwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na itaachiwa mifugo ambayo italala huko, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
bila yeyote wa kuyaogopesha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Mji wenye ngome utatoweka kutoka Efraimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao uweza wa ufalme kutoka Dameski; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mabaki ya Aramu yatakuwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama utukufu wa Waisraeli,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}“Katika siku ile utukufu wa Yakobo utafifia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
unono wa mwili wake utadhoofika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Itakuwa kama mvunaji akusanyavyo nafaka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuvuna nafaka kwa mikono yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama wakati mtu aokotapo masazo ya masuke 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika Bonde la Warefai. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Hata hivyo baadhi ya masazo yatabaki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama vile mti wa mzeituni unavyopigwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kukiachwa zeituni mbili au tatu juu ya matawi kileleni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nne au tano katika matawi yazaayo sana,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Mungu wa Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Katika siku ile watu watamwangalia Muumba wao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuelekeza macho yao kwa yule Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Hawataziangalia tena madhabahu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kazi za mikono yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nao hawataheshimu nguzo za Ashera,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{17:8 }Ashera hapa maana yake ni mungu mke aliyekuwa akiabudiwa pamoja na Baali.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na madhabahu za kufukizia uvumba zilizofanywa kwa mikono yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{9}Katika siku ile miji yao iliyo imara, ambayo waliihama kwa sababu ya Waisraeli, itakuwa kama mahali palipoachwa pa vichaka na magugu. Nayo yote itakuwa ukiwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Mmemsahau Mungu Mwokozi wenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hamkumkumbuka Mwamba aliye ngome yenu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa hiyo, hata ingawa mlipandikiza mimea iliyo mizuri sana 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuotesha mizabibu ya kigeni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}hata kama siku ile unapoipandikiza, unaifanya iote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na asubuhi ile ile unayoipanda, unaifanya ichipue, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hata hivyo mavuno yatakuwa kama si kitu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika siku ile ya ugonjwa na maumivu yasiyoponyeka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Lo! Ghadhabu ya mataifa mengi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanaghadhibika kama bahari iliyochafuka! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lo! Makelele ya mataifa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanavuma kama ngurumo za maji mengi! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Ingawa mataifa yanavuma kama ngurumo za maji yanayofanya mawimbi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakati anapoyakemea yanakimbia mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yanafukuzwa mbele ya upepo kama makapi juu ya milima, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama jani livingirishwapo na dhoruba. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Wakati wa jioni, hofu ya ghafula! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Kabla ya asubuhi, wametoweka! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hili ndilo fungu la wale wanaotupora, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
fungu la wale wanaotunyangʼanya mali zetu. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Unabii Dhidi Ya Kushi }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Unabii Dhidi Ya Kushi }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{18}Ole kwa nchi ya mvumo wa mabawa,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{18:1 }Au: wa nzige.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kando ya mito ya Kushi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}iwapelekayo wajumbe wake kwa njia ya bahari 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa mashua za mafunjo juu ya maji. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nendeni, wajumbe wepesi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa taifa la watu warefu wenye ngozi nyororo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa taifa linaloogopwa mbali na karibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
taifa gomvi lenye lugha ngeni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambalo nchi yao imegawanywa kwa mito. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Enyi mataifa yote ya ulimwengu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi mnaoishi duniani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wakati bendera itakapoinuliwa milimani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mtaiona, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nayo tarumbeta itakapolia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mtaisikia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Hili ndilo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} aliloniambia: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Nitatulia kimya na kutazama 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka maskani yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama joto linalometameta katika mwanga wa jua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama wingu la umande 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika joto la wakati wa mavuno.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Kwa maana, kabla ya mavuno, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakati wa kuchanua ukishapita 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na maua yakawa zabibu zinazoiva, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
atayakata machipukizi kwa mundu wa kupogolea matawi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye atakata na kuyaondoa matawi yaliyopanuka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Yote yataachwa kwa ajili ya ndege wawindao wa mlimani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wanyama pori, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ndege watajilisha juu yake wakati wote wa kiangazi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wanyama pori wakati wote wa masika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{7}Wakati huo matoleo yataletwa kwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kutoka kwa taifa la watu warefu wenye ngozi nyororo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka kwa taifa linaloogopwa mbali na karibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kutoka taifa gomvi lenye lugha ngeni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambalo nchi yao imegawanywa kwa mito, 
\BibleParagraphStyleM
matoleo yataletwa katika Mlima Sayuni, mahali pa Jina la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Unabii Kuhusu Misri }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Unabii Kuhusu Misri }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{19}Neno kuhusu Misri: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tazama, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amepanda juu ya wingu liendalo kwa haraka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye anakuja Misri. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Sanamu za Misri zinatetemeka mbele yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo mioyo ya Wamisri inayeyuka ndani yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}“Nitamchochea Mmisri dhidi ya Mmisri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndugu atapigana dhidi ya ndugu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
jirani dhidi ya jirani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mji dhidi ya mji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ufalme dhidi ya ufalme. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Wamisri watakufa moyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na nitaibatilisha mipango yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watatafuta ushauri kwa sanamu na kwa roho za waliokufa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa waaguzi na kwa wale waongeao na mizimu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Nitawatia Wamisri 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mikononi mwa bwana mkatili 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na mfalme mkali atatawala juu yao,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asema Bwana, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Maji ya mito yatakauka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
chini ya mto kutakauka kwa jua. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Mifereji itanuka; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vijito vya Misri vitapungua 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukauka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mafunjo na nyasi vitanyauka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{7}pia mimea iliyoko kando ya Mto Naili, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pale mto unapomwaga maji baharini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kila shamba lililopandwa kando ya Mto Naili litakauka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
litapeperushwa na kutoweka kabisa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Wavuvi watalia na kuomboleza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wale wote watupao ndoano katika Mto Naili, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watadhoofika kwa majonzi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Wale watu wafanyao kazi ya kitani kilichochambuliwa watakata tamaa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wafumaji wa kitani safi watavunjika moyo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Wafanyao kazi ya kufuma nguo watahuzunishwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao vibarua wataugua moyoni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Maafisa wa Soani ni wapumbavu kabisa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
washauri wa Farao wenye busara wanatoa ushauri wa kijinga. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Unawezaje kumwambia Farao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Mimi ni mmojawapo wa watu wenye hekima, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mwanafunzi wa wafalme wa zamani”? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Wako wapi sasa watu wako wenye hekima? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Wao wakuonyeshe na kukufahamisha 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ni nini \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
amepanga dhidi ya Misri. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Maafisa wa Soani wamekuwa wapumbavu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
viongozi wa Memfisi\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{19:13 }Memfisi kwa Kiebrania ni Nofu.} wamedanganyika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
walio mawe ya pembe ya taifa lake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wameipotosha Misri. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amewamwagia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
roho ya kizunguzungu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wanaifanya Misri iyumbayumbe 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika yale yote inayoyafanya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama vile mlevi ayumbayumbavyo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika kutapika kwake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Misri haiwezi kufanya kitu chochote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
cha kichwa wala cha mkia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
cha tawi la mtende wala cha tete. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{16}Katika siku ile Wamisri watakuwa kama wanawake. Watatetemeka kwa hofu mbele ya mkono wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote anaoinua dhidi yao. 
\verseNumber{17}Nayo nchi ya Yuda itawatia hofu Wamisri, kila mmoja atakayetajiwa Yuda ataingiwa na hofu, kwa sababu ya kile ambacho \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote anapanga dhidi yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{18}Katika siku hiyo miji mitano ya Misri, itazungumza lugha ya Kanaani, na kuapa kumtii \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote. Mji mmojawapo utaitwa Mji wa Uharibifu.\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{19:18 }Yaani Heliopoli (Mji wa Jua).} 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{19}Katika siku hiyo patakuwepo madhabahu ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} katikati ya Misri na mnara wa kumbukumbu kwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} kwenye mpaka wa Misri. 
\verseNumber{20}Itakuwa alama na ushahidi kwa ajili ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote katika nchi ya Misri. Watakapomlilia \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} kwa sababu ya watesi wao, Mungu atawapelekea mwokozi na mtetezi, naye atawaokoa. 
\verseNumber{21}Hivyo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atajijulisha mwenyewe kwa Wamisri, nao katika siku hiyo watamkubali \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. Wataabudu kwa kumtolea dhabihu na sadaka za nafaka, watamwekea \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} nadhiri na kuzitimiza. 
\verseNumber{22}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ataipiga Misri kwa tauni; atawapiga na kuwaponya. Watamgeukia \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, naye atayasikia maombi yao na kuwaponya. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{23}Katika siku hiyo kutakuwepo na njia kuu kutoka Misri hadi Ashuru. Waashuru watakwenda Misri, na Wamisri watakwenda Ashuru. Wamisri na Waashuru wataabudu pamoja. 
\verseNumber{24}Katika siku hiyo Israeli itakuwa ya tatu, pamoja na Misri na Ashuru, nao watakuwa baraka kwa dunia. 
\verseNumber{25}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote atawabariki, akisema, “Baraka iwe kwa Misri watu wangu, kwa Ashuru kazi ya mikono yangu, na kwa Israeli urithi wangu.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Unabii Dhidi Ya Misri Na Kushi }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Unabii Dhidi Ya Misri Na Kushi }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{20}Katika mwaka ule ambao jemadari mkuu alitumwa na Mfalme Sargoni wa Ashuru, naye akaja mpaka Ashdodi, akaushambulia na kuuteka, 
\verseNumber{2}wakati ule \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} alisema kwa kinywa cha Isaya mwana wa Amozi. Akamwambia, “Vua nguo ya gunia kutoka mwilini mwako na viatu kutoka miguuni mwako.” Naye akafanya hivyo, akatembea huku na huko uchi, bila viatu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{3}Kisha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} akasema, “Kama vile mtumishi wangu Isaya alivyotembea uchi na bila viatu kwa miaka mitatu, kama ishara na dalili mbaya dhidi ya nchi ya Misri na Kushi, 
\verseNumber{4}vivyo hivyo mfalme wa Ashuru atawaongoza mateka wa Wamisri, na watu wa uhamisho wa Kushi, uchi na bila viatu, vijana hata wazee, wakiwa matako wazi, kwa aibu ya Wamisri. 
\verseNumber{5}Wale waliotegemea Kushi na kujivunia Misri wataogopa na kuaibika. 
\verseNumber{6}Katika siku ile watu wanaoishi katika pwani hii watasema, ‘Tazama lililowapata wale tuliowategemea, wale tuliowakimbilia kwa msaada na wokovu kutoka mikononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru! Tutawezaje basi kupona?’ ” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Unabii Dhidi Ya Babeli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Unabii Dhidi Ya Babeli }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{21}Neno kuhusu Jangwa kando ya Bahari: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Kama upepo wa kisulisuli unaopita katika nchi hadi kusini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mshambuliaji anakuja kutoka jangwani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka nchi inayotisha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Nimeonyeshwa maono ya kutisha: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Msaliti anasaliti, mteka nyara anateka nyara. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Elamu, shambulia! Umedi, izunguke kwa jeshi! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Nitakomesha huzuni zote alizosababisha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Katika hili mwili wangu umeteswa na maumivu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
maumivu makali ya ghafula yamenishika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama yale ya mwanamke mwenye utungu wa kuzaa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Nimeduwazwa na lile ninalolisikia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nimeshangazwa na lile ninaloliona. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Moyo wangu unababaika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
woga unanifanya nitetemeke, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
gizagiza la jioni nililolitamani sana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
limekuwa hofu kuu kwangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Wanaandaa meza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanatandaza mazulia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanakula, wanakunywa! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Amkeni, enyi maafisa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
zitieni ngao mafuta! 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{6}Hili ndilo Bwana analoniambia: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Nenda, weka mlinzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na atoe taarifa ya kile anachokiona. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Anapoona magari ya vita 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pamoja na kundi la farasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wapanda punda au wapanda ngamia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na awe macho, awe macho kikamilifu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{8}Naye mlinzi alipaza sauti, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Mchana baada ya mchana, bwana wangu, ninasimama katika mnara wa ulinzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kila usiku ninakaa mahali pangu nilipoamriwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Tazama, yuaja mtu anayepanda gari la vita 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pamoja na kundi la farasi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Naye anajibu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Babeli umeanguka, umeanguka! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Vinyago vyote vya miungu yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vimelala chini vikiwa vimevunjwa!’ ” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Ee watu wangu, mliopondwa kwenye sakafu ya kupuria, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninawaambia kile nilichokisikia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kutoka kwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka kwa Mungu wa Israeli. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Unabii Dhidi Ya Edomu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Unabii Dhidi Ya Edomu }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{11}Neno kuhusu Duma: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mtu fulani ananiita kutoka Seiri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Mlinzi, usiku utaisha lini? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mlinzi, usiku utaisha lini?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Mlinzi anajibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Asubuhi inakuja, lakini pia usiku. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kama ungeliuliza, basi uliza; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
bado na urudi tena.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Unabii Dhidi Ya Arabia }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Unabii Dhidi Ya Arabia }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{13}Neno kuhusu Arabia: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Enyi misafara ya Wadedani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mnaopiga kambi katika vichaka vya Arabia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}leteni maji kwa wenye kiu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi mnaoishi Tema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
leteni chakula kwa ajili ya wakimbizi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Wanaukimbia upanga, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka upanga uliochomolewa alani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kutoka upinde uliopindwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutoka kwenye joto la vita. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{16}Hili ndilo Bwana analoniambia: “Katika muda wa mwaka mmoja, kama vile mtumishi aliyefungwa na mkataba angeihesabu, majivuno yote ya Kedari yatafikia mwisho. 
\verseNumber{17}Wanaume wavutao pinde walionusurika, mashujaa wa Kedari, watakuwa wachache.” \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Mungu wa Israeli, amesema. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Unabii Kuhusu Yerusalemu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Unabii Kuhusu Yerusalemu }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{22}Neno kuhusu Bonde la Maono: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nini kinachokutaabisha sasa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwamba ninyi nyote mmepanda juu ya mapaa? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Ewe mji uliojaa ghasia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ewe mji wa makelele na sherehe! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watu wenu waliokufa hawakuuawa kwa upanga, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hawakufa vitani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Viongozi wako wote wamekimbia pamoja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wamekamatwa bila kutumia upinde. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ninyi nyote mliokamatwa mlichukuliwa wafungwa pamoja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mlikimbia wakati adui alipokuwa bado mbali. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Kwa hiyo nilisema, “Geukia mbali nami, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
niache nilie kwa uchungu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Usijaribu kunifariji 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
juu ya maangamizi ya watu wangu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Bwana, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, anayo siku 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ya ghasia, ya kukanyaga, na ya kuogofya 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika Bonde la Maono, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
siku ya kuangusha kuta 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na ya kupiga kelele mpaka milimani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Elamu analichukua podo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pamoja na waendesha magari ya vita na farasi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Kiri anaifungua ngao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Mabonde yako yaliyo mazuri sana yamejaa magari ya vita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wapanda farasi wamewekwa kwenye malango ya mji; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{8}ulinzi wa Yuda umeondolewa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nawe ulitazama siku ile 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
silaha katika Jumba la Kifalme la Mwituni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}mkaona kuwa Mji wa Daudi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
una matundu mengi katika ulinzi wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mkaweka akiba ya maji 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwenye Bwawa la Chini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Mlihesabu majengo katika Yerusalemu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nanyi mkabomoa nyumba ili kuimarisha ukuta. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Mlijenga bwawa la maji katikati ya kuta mbili 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya maji ya Bwawa la Zamani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
lakini hamkumtazama Yule aliyelitengeneza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kuwa na heshima kwa Yule aliyeubuni tangu zamani za kale. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Bwana, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
aliwaita siku ile 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili kulia na kuomboleza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kungʼoa nywele zenu na kuvaa nguo ya gunia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Lakini tazama, kuna furaha na sherehe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuchinja ngʼombe na kuchinja kondoo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kula nyama na kunywa mvinyo! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mnasema, “Tuleni na kunywa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa kuwa kesho tutakufa!” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{14}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote amelifunua hili nikiwa ninasikia: Bwana, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, asema: “Mpaka siku ya kufa kwenu, dhambi hii haitafanyiwa upatanisho.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{15}Hili ndilo Bwana, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, asemalo: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Nenda ukamwambie huyu wakili Shebna, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambaye ni msimamizi wa jumba la kifalme: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Unafanya nini hapa, na ni nani aliyekupa ruhusa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kujikatia kaburi lako mwenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ukichonga kaburi lako mahali palipo juu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutoboa kwa patasi mahali pako pa kupumzikia katika mwamba? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}“Jihadhari, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} yu karibu kukukamata thabiti, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukutupa mbali, ewe mtu mwenye nguvu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Atakuvingirisha uwe kama mpira 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukutupa katika nchi kubwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huko ndiko utakakofia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na huko ndiko magari yako ya vita ya fahari yatabakia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wewe unayeifedhehesha nyumba ya bwana wako! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Nitakuondoa kutoka kazi yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nawe utaondoshwa kutoka nafasi yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{20}“Katika siku ile, nitamwita mtumishi wangu, Eliakimu mwana wa Hilkia. 
\verseNumber{21}Nitamvika joho lako, nami nitamfunga mshipi wako kiunoni mwake, na kumkabidhi mamlaka yako. Yeye atakuwa baba kwa wale wanaoishi Yerusalemu na kwa nyumba ya Yuda. 
\verseNumber{22}Nitaweka mabegani mwake ufunguo wa nyumba ya Daudi. Kile afunguacho hakuna awezaye kufunga, na kile afungacho hakuna awezaye kufungua. 
\verseNumber{23}Nitamgongomea kama kigingi kilicho mahali palipo imara, naye atakuwa kiti cha enzi cha heshima kwa ajili ya nyumba ya baba yake. 
\verseNumber{24}Utukufu wote wa jamaa yake utakuwa juu yake: Watoto wa jamaa hiyo na machipukizi yake, vyombo vyake vyote vidogo, tangu bakuli hadi magudulia yote.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{25}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote asema, “Katika siku ile, kigingi kilichogongomewa mahali imara kitaachia njia. Kitakatwa, nacho kitaanguka na mzigo ulioningʼinia juu yake utaanguka chini.” \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amesema. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Unabii Kuhusu Tiro }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Unabii Kuhusu Tiro }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{23}Neno kuhusu Tiro: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ombolezeni, enyi meli za Tarshishi! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Kwa kuwa Tiro imeangamizwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
imeachwa bila nyumba wala bandari. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kuanzia nchi ya Kitimu\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{23:1 }Kitimu hapa ni Kipro, kisiwa katika Bahari ya Mediterania.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
neno limewajia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Nyamazeni kimya, enyi watu wa kisiwani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pia ninyi wafanyabiashara wa Sidoni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambao mabaharia wamewatajirisha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Kwenye maji makuu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nafaka za Shihori zilikuja; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mavuno ya Naili yalikuwa mapato ya Tiro, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye akawa soko la mataifa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Uaibishwe ee Sidoni, nawe ee ngome la bahari, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa kuwa bahari imesema: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Sijapata kuwa na uchungu wa kuzaa wala sijapata kuzaa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala sijapata kulea wana wala kutunza mabinti.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Habari ifikapo Misri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watakuwa katika maumivu makuu kwa ajili ya taarifa kutoka Tiro. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Vukeni mpaka Tarshishi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ombolezeni, enyi watu wa kisiwani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Je, huu ndio mji wenu uliojaa sherehe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mji wa zamani, zamani kabisa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ambao miguu yake imeuchukua 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kufanya makao nchi za mbali sana? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Ni nani amepanga hili dhidi ya Tiro, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mji utoao mataji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ambao wafanyabiashara wake ni wana wa mfalme 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wachuuzi wake ni watu mashuhuri wa dunia? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndiye alipanga jambo hili, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili kukishusha kiburi cha utukufu wote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kuwanyenyekesha wale wote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambao ni mashuhuri duniani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Ee Binti Tarshishi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pita katika nchi yako kama vile Mto Naili 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa kuwa huna tena bandari. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amenyoosha mkono wake juu ya bahari 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuzifanya falme zake zitetemeke. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ametoa amri kuhusu Kanaani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwamba ngome zake ziangamizwe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Alisema, “Usizidi kufurahi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ee Bikira Binti Sidoni, sasa umepondwa! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Simama, vuka uende Kitimu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hata huko hutapata pumziko.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Tazama katika nchi ya Wakaldayo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watu hawa ambao sasa hawaonekani kama wapo! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Waashuru wameifanya nchi hiyo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwa mahali pa viumbe wa jangwani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wamesimamisha minara yao ya vita kuuzunguka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wameziteka ngome zake na kuziacha tupu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuufanya kuwa magofu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Ombolezeni, enyi meli za Tarshishi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ngome yenu imeangamizwa! 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{15}Wakati huo Tiro utasahauliwa kwa miaka sabini, muda wa maisha ya mfalme. Lakini mwisho wa miaka hiyo sabini, itakuwa kwa Tiro kama ilivyo katika wimbo wa kahaba: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}“Twaa kinubi, tembea mjini kote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ewe kahaba uliyesahauliwa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
piga kinubi vizuri, imba nyimbo nyingi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili upate kukumbukwa.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{17}Mwishoni mwa miaka sabini, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atashughulika na Tiro. Naye atarudia ajira yake ya ukahaba, na atafanya biashara yake na falme zote juu ya uso wa dunia. 
\verseNumber{18}Lakini faida na mapato yake yatawekwa wakfu kwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}; hayatahifadhiwa wala kufichwa. Faida zake zitakwenda kwa wale wakaao mbele za \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} kwa ajili ya chakula tele na mavazi mazuri. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Dunia Kuharibiwa Upesi }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Dunia Kuharibiwa Upesi }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{24}Tazama, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ataifanya dunia kuwa ukiwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuiharibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
naye atauharibu uso wake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutawanya wakaao ndani yake: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}ndivyo itakavyokuwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa makuhani na kwa watu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa bwana na kwa mtumishi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa bibi na kwa mtumishi wake wa kike, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa muuzaji na kwa mnunuzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa mkopaji na kwa mkopeshaji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa mdaiwa na kwa mdai. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Dunia itaharibiwa kabisa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutekwa nyara kabisa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amesema neno hili. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Dunia inakauka na kunyauka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
dunia inanyongʼonyea na kunyauka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
waliotukuzwa wa dunia wananyongʼonyea. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Dunia imetiwa unajisi na watu wake; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wameacha kutii sheria, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wamevunja amri 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuvunja agano la milele. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Kwa hiyo laana inaiteketeza dunia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watu wake lazima waichukue hatia yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa hiyo wakazi wa dunia wameteketezwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao waliosalia ni wachache sana. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Divai mpya inakauka na mzabibu unanyauka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watu wote wafurahishao wanalia kwa huzuni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Furaha ya matoazi imekoma, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kelele za wenye furaha zimekoma, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
shangwe za kinubi zimenyamaza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Hawanywi tena mvinyo pamoja na wimbo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kileo ni kichungu kwa wanywaji wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Mji ulioharibiwa umekuwa ukiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mlango wa kila nyumba umefungwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Barabarani wanalilia kupata mvinyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
furaha yote imegeuka kuwa majonzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
furaha yote imefukuziwa mbali na dunia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Mji umeachwa katika uharibifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lango lake limevunjwa vipande. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Ndivyo itakavyokuwa duniani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na miongoni mwa mataifa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama vile wakati mzeituni upigwavyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kama vile wakati masazo yabakiavyo baada ya zabibu kuvunwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Wanainua sauti zao, wanapiga kelele kwa furaha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka magharibi wanasifu kwa ukelele utukufu wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Kwa hiyo upande wa mashariki mpeni \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} utukufu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
liadhimisheni jina la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Mungu wa Israeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika visiwa vya bahari. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Kutoka miisho ya dunia tunasikia uimbaji: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Utukufu kwa Yule Mwenye Haki.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lakini nilisema, “Ninadhoofika, ninadhoofika! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ole wangu! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watenda hila wanasaliti! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Kwa hila watenda hila wanasaliti!” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Hofu, shimo na mtego vinakungojea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ewe mtu ukaaye duniani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Kila akimbiaye asikiapo sauti ya hofu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atatumbukia shimoni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
naye yeyote apandaye kutoka shimoni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atanaswa kwenye mtego. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Malango ya gharika ya mbinguni yamefunguliwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
misingi ya dunia inatikisika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Dunia imepasuka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
dunia imechanika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
dunia imetikiswa kabisa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Dunia inapepesuka kama mlevi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
inayumbayumba kama kibanda kwenye upepo; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
imelemewa sana na mzigo wa hatia ya uasi wake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na ikianguka kamwe haitainuka tena. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Katika siku ile \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ataadhibu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nguvu zilizoko mbinguni juu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wafalme walioko duniani chini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Watakusanywa pamoja 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama wafungwa waliofungwa gerezani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
watafungiwa gerezani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuadhibiwa baada ya siku nyingi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Mwezi utatiwa haya, nalo jua litaaibishwa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa maana \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote atawala 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
juu ya Mlima Sayuni na katika Yerusalemu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tena mbele ya wazee wake kwa utukufu. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Msifuni \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Msifuni \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{25}Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, wewe ni Mungu wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitakutukuza na kulisifu jina lako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa maana katika ukamilifu wa uaminifu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
umetenda mambo ya ajabu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mambo yaliyokusudiwa tangu zamani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Umeufanya mji kuwa lundo la kifusi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mji wenye ngome kuwa magofu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ngome imara ya wageni kuwa si mji tena, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hautajengwa tena kamwe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Kwa hiyo mataifa yenye nguvu yatakuheshimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
miji ya mataifa katili itakuheshimu wewe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Umekuwa kimbilio la watu maskini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kimbilio la mhitaji katika taabu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hifadhi wakati wa dhoruba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kivuli wakati wa hari. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa maana pumzi ya wakatili 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni kama dhoruba ipigayo ukuta 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{5}na kama joto la jangwani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wewe wanyamazisha makelele ya wageni; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama vile hari ipunguzwavyo na kivuli cha wingu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndivyo wimbo wa wakatili unyamazishwavyo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Juu ya mlima huu \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote ataandaa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
karamu ya vinono kwa mataifa yote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
karamu ya mvinyo wa zamani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nyama nzuri sana na divai zilizo bora sana. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Juu ya mlima huu ataharibu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sitara ihifadhiyo mataifa yote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kile kifuniko kifunikacho mataifa yote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{8}yeye atameza mauti milele. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi atafuta machozi katika nyuso zote; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ataondoa aibu ya watu wake duniani kote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amesema hili. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Katika siku ile watasema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Hakika huyu ndiye Mungu wetu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tulimtumaini, naye akatuokoa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huyu ndiye \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, tuliyemtumaini; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sisi tushangilie na kufurahia katika wokovu wake.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Mkono wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} utatulia juu ya mlima huu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
bali Moabu atakanyagwa chini 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama majani makavu yakanyagwavyo kwenye shimo la mbolea. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Watakunjua mikono yao katikati yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama vile mwogeleaji akunjuavyo mikono yake ili aogelee. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mungu atashusha kiburi chao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
licha ya ujanja wa mikono yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Atabomoa kuta ndefu za maboma yako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuziangusha chini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
atazishusha chini ardhini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mpaka mavumbini kabisa. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Wimbo Wa Ushindi }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Wimbo Wa Ushindi }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{26}Katika siku ile, wimbo huu utaimbwa katika nchi ya Yuda: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tuna mji ulio na nguvu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mungu huufanya wokovu kuwa kuta zake na maboma yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Fungua malango ili taifa lenye haki lipate kuingia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
taifa lile lidumishalo imani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Utamlinda katika amani kamilifu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye ambaye moyo wake ni thabiti 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa sababu anakutumaini wewe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Mtumaini \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} milele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa kuwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, ni Mwamba wa milele. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Huwashusha wale wajikwezao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huushusha chini mji wenye kiburi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
huushusha hadi ardhini 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuutupa chini mavumbini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Miguu huukanyaga chini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
miguu ya hao walioonewa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hatua za hao maskini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Mapito ya wenye haki yamenyooka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ewe uliye Mwenye Haki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
waisawazisha njia ya mtu mnyofu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Naam, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, tukienenda katika sheria zako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
twakungojea wewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
jina lako na sifa zako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndizo shauku za mioyo yetu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Nafsi yangu yakutamani wakati wa usiku, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakati wa asubuhi roho yangu yakuonea shauku. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wakati hukumu zako zinapokuja juu ya dunia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watu wa ulimwengu hujifunza haki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Ingawa neema yaonyeshwa kwa waovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hawajifunzi haki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hata katika nchi ya unyofu huendelea kutenda mabaya 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hawazingatii utukufu wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, mkono wako umeinuliwa juu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini hawauoni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wao na waone wivu wako kwa ajili ya watu wako tena waaibishwe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
moto uliowekwa akiba kwa ajili ya adui zako na uwateketeze. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, unaamuru amani kwa ajili yetu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yale yote tuliyoweza kuyakamilisha ni wewe uliyetenda kwa ajili yetu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Mungu wetu, mabwana wengine zaidi ya wewe wametutawala, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini jina lako pekee ndilo tunaloliheshimu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Wao sasa wamekufa, wala hawako tena hai, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
roho za waliokufa hazitarudi tena. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Uliwaadhibu na kuwaangamiza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
umefuta kumbukumbu lao lote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Umeliongeza hilo taifa, Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
umeliongeza hilo taifa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Umejipatia utukufu kwa ajili yako mwenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
umepanua mipaka yote ya nchi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, walikujia katika taabu yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wewe ulipowarudi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
waliweza kuomba kwa kunongʼona tu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Kama mwanamke mwenye mimba aliyekaribia kuzaa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
anavyogaagaa na kulia kwa ajili ya maumivu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndivyo tulivyokuwa mbele zako, Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Tulikuwa na mimba, tuligaagaa kwa maumivu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini tulizaa upepo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hatukuleta wokovu duniani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hatujazaa watu katika ulimwengu huu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Lakini wafu wenu wataishi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo miili yao itafufuka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ninyi mnaokaa katika mavumbi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
amkeni mkapige kelele kwa furaha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Umande wenu ni kama umande wa asubuhi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
dunia itawazaa wafu wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Nendeni, watu wangu, ingieni vyumbani mwenu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mfunge milango nyuma yenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
jificheni kwa kitambo kidogo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mpaka ghadhabu yake ipite. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Tazama, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} anakuja kutoka makao yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili kuwaadhibu watu wa dunia kwa ajili ya dhambi zao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Dunia itadhihirisha umwagaji damu juu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala haitaendelea kuwaficha watu wake waliouawa. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Wokovu Kwa Ajili Ya Israeli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Wokovu Kwa Ajili Ya Israeli }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{27}Katika siku ile, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ataadhibu kwa upanga wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
upanga wake mkali, mkubwa na wenye nguvu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ataadhibu Lewiathani\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{27:1 }Lewiathani ni mnyama mkubwa wa baharini mwenye magamba anayefanana na joka kubwa, mwenye umbo la kutisha, asiyeweza kuvuliwa.} yule nyoka apitaye kwa mwendo laini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Lewiathani yule nyoka mwenye kujipinda; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
atamuua joka huyo mkubwa sana wa baharini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{2}Katika siku ile: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Imbeni kuhusu shamba la mizabibu lililozaa: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{3}Mimi, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, ninalitunza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nalinyweshea maji mfululizo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ninalichunga usiku na mchana 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili mtu yeyote asije akalidhuru. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Mimi sijakasirika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Licha pangekuwepo michongoma na miiba kunikabili! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ningepambana dhidi yake katika vita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ningeliichoma moto yote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Au niwaache waje kwangu kwa ajili ya kupata kimbilio, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wao na wafanye amani nami, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naam, wafanye amani nami.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Katika siku zijazo, Yakobo atatia mizizi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Israeli atatoa chipukizi na kuchanua maua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye atajaza ulimwengu wote kwa matunda. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Je, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amempiga 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vile alivyowapiga wale waliompiga? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, yeye ameuawa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vile walivyouawa wale waliomuua yeye? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Kwa vita na kwa kumfukuza unapingana naye: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa mshindo wake mkali anamfukuza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama siku ile uvumapo upepo wa mashariki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Kwa hili, basi, hatia ya Yakobo itafanyiwa upatanisho, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nalo hili litakuwa matunda ya utimilizo wa kuondolewa kwa dhambi yake: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wakati atakapoyafanya mawe yote ya madhabahu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwa kama mawe ya chokaa yaliyopondwa vipande vipande, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hakuna nguzo za Ashera au madhabahu za kufukizia uvumba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
zitakazobaki zimesimama. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Mji ulio na boma umebaki ukiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
makao yaliyotelekezwa, yaliyoachwa kama jangwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huko ndama hulisha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huko hujilaza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanakwanyua matawi yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Wakati vijiti vyake vimekauka, huvunjwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wanawake huja na kuwasha navyo moto. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa kuwa hili ni taifa lisilo na ufahamu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa hiyo yeye aliyewafanya hana huruma juu yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Muumba wao hawaonyeshi fadhili. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{12}Katika siku ile \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atapura kutoka matiririko ya Mto Frati hadi Kijito cha Misri, nanyi ee Waisraeli, mtakusanywa mmoja mmoja. 
\verseNumber{13}Katika siku ile tarumbeta kubwa italia. Wale waliokuwa wakiangamia katika nchi ya Ashuru, nao wale waliokuwa uhamishoni katika nchi ya Misri watakuja na kumwabudu \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} katika mlima mtakatifu huko Yerusalemu. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Ole Wa Efraimu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Ole Wa Efraimu }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{28}Ole kwa lile taji la maua, kiburi cha walevi wa Efraimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ua linalosinyaa, uzuri wa utukufu wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
uliowekwa kwenye kichwa cha bonde lenye rutuba: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ule mji, kiburi cha wale walioshushwa na mvinyo! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Tazama, Bwana anaye mmoja aliye na uwezo na nguvu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Kama dhoruba ya mvua ya mawe na upepo uharibuo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama mvua inyeshayo kwa nguvu na mafuriko yashukayo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atakiangusha chini kwa nguvu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Lile taji la maua, kiburi cha walevi cha Efraimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kitakanyagwa chini ya nyayo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Lile ua linalosinyaa, uzuri wa utukufu wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
uliowekwa kwenye kichwa cha bonde lenye rutuba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
litakuwa kama tini iliyoiva kabla ya mavuno: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mara mtu aionapo, huichuma na kuila. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Katika siku ile, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atakuwa taji la utukufu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
taji zuri la maua 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa mabaki ya watu wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Atakuwa roho ya haki 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa yeye aketiye katika kiti cha hukumu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
chanzo cha nguvu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa wale wazuiao vita langoni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Hawa pia wanapepesuka kwa sababu ya mvinyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanayumbayumba kwa sababu ya kileo: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Makuhani na manabii wanapepesuka kwa sababu ya kileo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanachanganyikiwa kwa sababu ya mvinyo; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wanapepesuka wanapoona maono, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanajikwaa wanapotoa maamuzi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Meza zote zimejawa na matapishi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hakuna sehemu hata ndogo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
isiyokuwa na uchafu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}“Yeye anajaribu kumfundisha nani? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Yeye anamwelezea nani ujumbe wake? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, ni kwa watoto walioachishwa kunyonya? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Je, ni wale ambao ndipo tu wametolewa matitini? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Kwa maana ni: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Amri juu ya amri, amri juu ya amri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kanuni juu ya kanuni, kanuni juu ya kanuni; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hapa kidogo, kule kidogo.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Sawa kabisa, kwa midomo migeni 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwa lugha ngeni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mungu atasema na watu hawa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}wale ambao aliwaambia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Hapa ni mahali pa kupumzika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
waliochoka na wapumzike,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na, “Hapa ni mahali pa mapumziko,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini hawakutaka kusikiliza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Hivyo basi, neno la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} kwao litakuwa: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Amri juu ya amri, amri juu ya amri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kanuni juu ya kanuni, kanuni juu ya kanuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hapa kidogo, kule kidogo: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili waende na kuanguka chali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakijeruhiwa, wakinaswa na kukamatwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Kwa hiyo sikieni neno la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, enyi watu wenye dharau 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mnaotawala watu hawa wa Yerusalemu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Ninyi mnajisifu, “Tumefanya agano na mauti, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tumefanya mapatano na kuzimu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wakati pigo lifurikalo litakapopita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
haliwezi kutugusa sisi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa kuwa tumefanya uongo kuwa kimbilio letu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na miungu ya uongo kuwa mahali petu pa kujificha.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{16}Kwa hiyo hivi ndivyo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi asemavyo: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Tazama, ninaweka jiwe katika Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
jiwe lililojaribiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
jiwe la pembeni la thamani kwa ajili ya msingi thabiti. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Yeye atumainiye kamwe hatatiwa hofu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Nitaifanya haki kuwa kamba ya kupimia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na uadilifu kuwa timazi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mvua ya mawe itafagia kimbilio lenu, huo uongo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo maji yatafurikia mahali penu pa kujificha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Agano lenu na kifo litabatilishwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
patano lenu na kuzimu halitasimama. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wakati pigo lifurikalo litakapowakumba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
litawaangusha chini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Kila mara lijapo litawachukua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asubuhi baada ya asubuhi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wakati wa mchana na wakati wa usiku, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
litawakumba tangu mwanzo hadi mwisho.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kuuelewa ujumbe huu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utaleta hofu tupu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Kitanda ni kifupi mno kujinyoosha juu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nguo ya kujifunikia ni nyembamba mno 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mtu hawezi kujifunikia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atainuka kama alivyofanya kwenye Mlima Perasimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ataghadhibika kama alivyofanya katika Bonde la Gibeoni: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili kufanya kazi yake, kazi yake ya ajabu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili kutimiza kazi yake, kazi yake ngeni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Sasa acheni dharau zenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
la sivyo minyororo yenu itakuwa mizito zaidi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Bwana, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, ameniambia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
habari za maangamizi yaliyoamriwa dhidi ya nchi yote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Sikilizeni msikie sauti yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tegeni masikio na msikie niyasemayo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Wakati mkulima alimapo ili apande, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
je, hulima siku zote? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, huendelea kubomoa ardhi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kusawazisha udongo? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}Akiisha kusawazisha shamba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
je, hatapanyi mbegu za bizari na kutawanya jira? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, hapandi ngano katika sehemu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
shayiri katika eneo lake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na nafaka nyingine katika shamba lake? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{26}Mungu wake humwelekeza 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kumfundisha njia iliyo sahihi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{27}Iliki haipurwi kwa nyundo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala gurudumu la gari halivingirishwi juu ya jira; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
iliki hupurwa kwa fimbo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na jira kwa ufito. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{28}Nafaka lazima isagwe ili kutengeneza mkate, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa hiyo mtu haendelei kuipura daima. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ingawa huendesha magurudumu ya gari lake la kupuria juu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
farasi wake hawasagi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{29}Haya yote pia hutoka kwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mwenye mashauri ya ajabu, na anayepita wote kwa hekima. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Ole Wa Mji Wa Daudi }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Ole Wa Mji Wa Daudi }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{29}Ole wako, wewe Arieli, Arieli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mji alimokaa Daudi! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ongezeni mwaka kwa mwaka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mzunguko wa sikukuu zenu uendelee. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Hata hivyo nitauzunguka Arieli kwa jeshi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utalia na kuomboleza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
utakuwa kwangu kama mahali 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pa kuwashia moto madhabahuni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Nitapiga kambi pande zote dhidi yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitakuzunguka kwa minara 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kupanga mazingirwa yangu dhidi yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Utakaposhushwa, utanena kutoka ardhini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utamumunya maneno yako kutoka mavumbini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Sauti yako itatoka katika nchi kama vile ya mzimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utanongʼona maneno yako toka mavumbini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Lakini adui zako wengi watakuwa kama vumbi laini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kundi la wakatili watakuwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama makapi yapeperushwayo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Naam, ghafula, mara moja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{6}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote atakuja 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na ngurumo, tetemeko la ardhi, na kwa sauti kuu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atakuja na dhoruba, tufani na miali ya moto iteketezayo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Kisha makundi ya mataifa yote yale yapiganayo dhidi ya Arieli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yale yanayomshambulia yeye na ngome zake, na kumzunguka kwa jeshi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
watakuwa kama ilivyo ndoto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama maono wakati wa usiku: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}kama vile mtu aliye na njaa aotavyo kuwa anakula, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini huamka, bado njaa yake ingalipo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama vile mtu mwenye kiu aotavyo kuwa anakunywa maji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini huamka akiwa anazimia, akiwa bado angali ana kiu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hivyo ndivyo itakavyokuwa kwa makundi yote ya mataifa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yanayopigana dhidi ya Mlima Sayuni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Duwaeni na kushangaa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
jifanyeni vipofu wenyewe na msione, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
leweni, lakini si kwa mvinyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pepesukeni lakini si kwa kileo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amewaleteeni usingizi mzito: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ameziba macho yenu (ninyi manabii); 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
amefunika vichwa vyenu (ninyi waonaji). 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{11}Kwa maana kwenu ninyi, maono haya yote si kitu ila maneno yaliyotiwa lakiri katika kitabu. Kama mkimpa mtu yeyote awezaye kusoma kitabu hiki, nanyi mkamwambia, “Tafadhali kisome,” yeye atajibu, “Mimi siwezi, kwa kuwa kimetiwa lakiri.” 
\verseNumber{12}Au kama mkimpa mtu yeyote kitabu hiki asiyeweza kusoma na kumwambia, “Tafadhali kisome,” atajibu, “Mimi sijui kusoma.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{13}Bwana anasema: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Watu hawa hunikaribia kwa vinywa vyao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuniheshimu kwa midomo yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini mioyo yao iko mbali nami. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ibada yao kwangu inatokana na maagizo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
waliyofundishwa na wanadamu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Kwa hiyo mara nyingine tena nitawashangaza watu hawa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajabu juu ya ajabu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hekima ya wenye hekima itapotea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo akili ya wenye akili itatoweka.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Ole kwa wale wanaokwenda kwenye vilindi virefu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kumficha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} mipango yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wafanyao kazi zao gizani na kufikiri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Ni nani anayetuona? Ni nani atakayejua?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Mnapindua mambo juu chini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kana kwamba mfinyanzi aweza kufikiriwa kuwa kama udongo wa mfinyanzi! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, kile kilichofinyangwa chaweza kumwambia yule aliyekifinyanga, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Wewe hukunifinyanga mimi?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, chungu kinaweza kumwambia mfinyanzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Wewe hujui chochote?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Kwa muda mfupi sana, je, Lebanoni haitageuzwa kuwa shamba lenye rutuba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na shamba lenye rutuba liwe kama msitu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Katika siku ile viziwi watasikia maneno ya kitabu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na katika utusitusi na giza 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
macho ya kipofu yataona. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Mara nyingine tena wanyenyekevu watafurahi katika \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wahitaji watafurahi katika yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Wakatili watatoweka na wenye kudhihaki watatokomea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wote wenye jicho la uovu watakatiliwa mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}wale ambao kwa neno humfanya mtu kuwa mwenye hatia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wamtegeao mtego mtetezi katika mahakama, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kwa ushuhuda wa uongo humnyima haki 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye asiye na hatia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{22}Kwa hiyo hili ndilo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, aliyemkomboa Abrahamu, analosema kwa nyumba ya Yakobo: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Yakobo hataaibishwa tena, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala nyuso zao hazitabadilika sura tena. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Wakati watakapoona watoto wao miongoni mwao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kazi ya mikono yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
watalitakasa Jina langu takatifu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wataukubali utakatifu wa yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao watamcha Mungu wa Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Wale wanaopotoka rohoni watapata ufahamu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wale wanaolalamika watayakubali mafundisho.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Ole Wa Taifa Kaidi }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Ole Wa Taifa Kaidi }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{30}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} asema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Ole kwa watoto wakaidi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa wale wanaotimiza mipango ambayo si yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakifanya makubaliano, lakini si kwa Roho wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakilundika dhambi juu ya dhambi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}wale washukao kwenda Misri 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
bila kutaka shauri langu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wanaotafuta msaada wa ulinzi wa Farao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watafutao kivuli cha Misri kwa ajili ya kimbilio. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Lakini ulinzi wa Farao utakuwa kwa aibu yenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kivuli cha Misri kitawaletea fedheha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Ingawa wana maafisa katika Soani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wajumbe wamewasili katika Hanesi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}kila mmoja ataaibishwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa sababu ya taifa lisilowafaa kitu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ambalo haliwaletei msaada wala faida, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
bali aibu tu na fedheha.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{6}Neno kuhusu wanyama wa Negebu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Katika nchi ya taabu na shida, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ya simba za dume na jike, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ya nyoka mwenye sumu kali na nyoka warukao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wajumbe huchukua utajiri wao juu ya migongo ya punda, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hazina zao juu ya nundu za ngamia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa lile taifa lisilokuwa na faida, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{7}kuvipeleka Misri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambaye msaada wake haufai kabisa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa hiyo nimemwita “Rahabu Asiyefanya Chochote.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Nenda sasa, liandike neno hili juu ya kibao kwa ajili yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
liandike kwenye kitabu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili liweze kuwa shahidi milele 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya siku zijazo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Hawa ni watu waasi, watoto wadanganyifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watoto ambao hawataki kusikiliza mafundisho ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Wanawaambia waonaji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Msione maono tena!” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nako kwa manabii wanasema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Msiendelee kutupatia maono 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambayo ni ya kweli! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tuambieni mambo ya kupendeza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tabirini mambo ya uongo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Acheni njia hii, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ondokeni katika mapito haya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nanyi acheni kutukabili pamoja 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli!” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{12}Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo asemalo yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Kwa sababu mmekataa ujumbe huu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mkategemea uonevu na kutumainia udanganyifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}dhambi hii itakuwa kwenu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama ukuta mrefu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wenye ufa na wenye kubetuka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ambao unaanguka ghafula, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mara moja. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Utavunjika vipande vipande kama chombo cha udongo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ukipasuka pasipo huruma 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ambapo katika vipande vyake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna kipande kitakachopatikana 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa kuukulia makaa kutoka jikoni 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kuchotea maji kisimani.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{15}Hili ndilo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi, yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli, asemalo: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Katika kutubu na kupumzika ndio wokovu wenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika kutulia na kutumaini ndizo nguvu zenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini hamkutaka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Mlisema, ‘Hapana, tutakimbia kwa farasi.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Kwa hiyo mtakimbia! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mlisema, ‘Tutakimbia kwa farasi waendao kasi.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Kwa hiyo wanaowafukuza watakwenda kasi! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Watu 1,000 watakimbia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya kitisho cha mtu mmoja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa vitishio vya watu watano 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wote mtakimbia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hadi mtakapoachwa kama mlingoti wa bendera 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
juu ya kilele cha mlima, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama bendera juu ya kilima.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Hata hivyo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} anatamani kutupatia neema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
anainuka ili kuwaonyesha huruma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa kuwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ni Mungu wa haki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Wamebarikiwa wote wanaomngojea yeye! 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{19}Enyi watu wa Sayuni, mnaoishi Yerusalemu, hamtalia tena. Tazameni jinsi atakavyokuwa na huruma mtakapolia kwa kumwomba msaada! Mara asikiapo, atawajibu. 
\verseNumber{20}Ingawa Bwana huwapa chakula cha shida na maji ya taabu, walimu wenu hawatafichwa tena, kwa macho yenu wenyewe mtawaona. 
\verseNumber{21}Mkigeuka kuume au kushoto, masikio yenu yatasikia sauti nyuma yenu ikisema, “Hii ndiyo njia, ifuateni.” 
\verseNumber{22}Kisha mtanajisi sanamu zenu zilizofunikwa kwa fedha, na vinyago vyenu vilivyofunikwa kwa dhahabu. Mtazitupilia mbali kama vitambaa vya wakati wa hedhi na kuziambia, “Haya, tokeni hapa!” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{23}Pia atawapa mvua kwa ajili ya mbegu mnazootesha ardhini, chakula kinachotoka ardhini kitakuwa kizuri sana, tena tele. Katika siku ile, ngʼombe wenu watalisha katika shamba pana la majani. 
\verseNumber{24}Maksai na punda walimao watakula majani makavu na vyakula vilivyotengenezwa, vinavyotandazwa kwa uma na sepeto. 
\verseNumber{25}Katika siku ile ya mauaji makuu, wakati minara itakapoanguka, vijito vya maji vitatiririka juu ya kila mlima mrefu na kila kilima kilichoinuka sana. 
\verseNumber{26}Mwezi utaangaza kama jua, nao mwanga wa jua utangʼaa mara saba zaidi, kama nuru ya siku saba, wakati \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakapoyafunga majeraha ya watu wake na kuwaponya vidonda alivyowatia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{27}Tazama, Jina la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} linakuja kutoka mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
likiwa na hasira kali inayowaka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pamoja na wingu zito la moshi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
midomo yake imejaa ghadhabu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na ulimi wake ni moto ulao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{28}Pumzi yake ni kama mkondo wa maji yaendayo kasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yakipanda hadi shingoni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hutikisa mataifa katika chekecheke ya uharibifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huweka lijamu katika mataya ya mataifa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambayo huwaongoza upotevuni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{29}Nanyi mtaimba kama usiku ule mnaadhimisha 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sikukuu takatifu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mioyo yenu itashangilia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama vile watu wanapokwea na filimbi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwenye mlima wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa Mwamba wa Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{30}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atawasababisha watu waisikie sauti yake ya utukufu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye atawafanya wauone mkono wake ukishuka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
pamoja na hasira yake kali na moto ulao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kukiwa na tufani ya mvua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ngurumo za radi na mvua ya mawe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{31}Sauti ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} itaivunjavunja Ashuru, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa fimbo yake ya utawala atawapiga. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{32}Kila pigo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakaloliweka juu yao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa fimbo yake ya kuadhibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
litakuwa kwa wimbo wa matari na vinubi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
anapopigana nao katika vita 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa mapigo ya mkono wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{33}Tofethi imeandaliwa toka zamani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
imewekwa tayari kwa ajili ya mfalme. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Shimo lake la moto limetengenezwa kwa kina kirefu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwa upana mkubwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
likiwa na moto na kuni tele; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
pumzi ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama kijito cha kiberiti, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huuwasha moto. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Ole Wa Wale Wanaotegemea Misri }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Ole Wa Wale Wanaotegemea Misri }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{31}Ole wao wale washukao Misri kwa ajili ya msaada, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wale wategemeao farasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wanaoweka tumaini katika wingi wa magari yao ya vita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na katika nguvu nyingi za wapanda farasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
lakini hawamwangalii yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hawatafuti msaada kwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Hata hivyo yeye pia ana hekima na anaweza kuleta maafa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hayatangui maneno yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Yeye atainuka dhidi ya nyumba ya mwovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
dhidi ya wale ambao huwasaidia watenda mabaya. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Lakini Wamisri ni wanadamu, wala si Mungu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
farasi wao ni nyama, wala si roho. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wakati \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakaponyoosha Mkono wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye anayesaidia atajikwaa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye anayesaidiwa ataanguka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wote wawili wataangamia pamoja. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{4}Hili ndilo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} analoniambia: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Kama vile simba angurumavyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
simba mkubwa juu ya mawindo yake: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hata ingawa kundi lote la wachunga mifugo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huitwa pamoja dhidi yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hatiwi hofu na kelele zao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala kusumbuliwa na ghasia zao; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ndivyo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote atakavyoshuka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kufanya vita juu ya Mlima Sayuni 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na juu ya vilele vyake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Kama ndege warukao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote ataukinga Yerusalemu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ataukinga na kuuokoa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atapita juu yake na kuufanya salama.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{6}Mrudieni yeye ambaye nyumba ya Israeli imemwasi sana. 
\verseNumber{7}Kwa kuwa katika siku ile kila mmoja wenu atazikataa sanamu za fedha na za dhahabu zilizotengenezwa kwa mikono yenu yenye dhambi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}“Ashuru itaanguka kwa upanga ambao si wa mwanadamu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
upanga usio wa kibinadamu utawaangamiza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watakimbia mbele ya upanga 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na vijana wao wa kiume watafanyizwa kazi kwa lazima. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Ngome zao zitaanguka kwa sababu ya hofu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa kuona bendera ya vita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
majemadari wao watashikwa na hofu ya ghafula,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambaye moto wake uko Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo tanuru yake iko Yerusalemu. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Ufalme Wa Haki }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Ufalme Wa Haki }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{32}Tazama, mfalme atatawala kwa uadilifu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na watawala watatawala kwa haki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Kila mtu atakuwa kama kivuli cha kujificha kutokana na upepo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kimbilio kutokana na dhoruba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama vijito vya maji jangwani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kivuli cha mwamba mkubwa katika ardhi yenye kiu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Ndipo macho ya wale wanaoona hayatafumbwa tena, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo masikio ya wale wanaosikia yatasikiliza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Moyo wa mtu mwenye hamaki utafahamu na kuelewa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao ulimi wenye kigugumizi utanena kwa ufasaha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Mpumbavu hataitwa tena muungwana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala mtu mbaya kabisa kupewa heshima ya juu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Kwa kuwa mpumbavu hunena upumbavu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
moyo wake hushughulika na uovu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hutenda mambo yasiyo ya kumcha Mungu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na hueneza habari za makosa kuhusu \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yeye huwaacha wenye njaa bila kitu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wenye kiu huwanyima maji. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Taratibu za mtu mbaya kabisa ni ovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hufanya mipango miovu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili kumwangamiza maskini kwa uongo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hata wakati ambapo hoja za mhitaji ni za haki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Lakini mtu muungwana hufanya mipango ya kiungwana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwa matendo ya kiungwana yeye hufanikiwa. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Wanawake Wa Yerusalemu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Wanawake Wa Yerusalemu }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Enyi wanawake wenye kuridhika sana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
amkeni na mnisikilize. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Enyi binti mnaojisikia kuwa salama, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sikieni lile ninalotaka kuwaambia! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Muda zaidi kidogo ya mwaka mmoja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi mnaojisikia salama mtatetemeka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mavuno ya zabibu yatakoma 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mavuno ya matunda hayatakuwepo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Tetemekeni, enyi wanawake wenye kuridhika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tetemekeni kwa hofu, enyi binti mnaojisikia salama! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Vueni nguo zenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vaeni nguo ya gunia viunoni mwenu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Pigeni matiti yenu kwa ajili ya mashamba mazuri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya mizabibu iliyozaa vizuri 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}na kwa ajili ya nchi ya watu wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nchi ambayo miiba na michongoma imemea: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
naam, ombolezeni kwa ajili ya nyumba zote za furaha 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwa ajili ya mji huu wenye kufanya sherehe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Ngome itaachwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mji wenye kelele nyingi utahamwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ngome ndani ya mji na mnara wa ulinzi vitakuwa ukiwa milele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mahali pazuri pa punda na malisho ya makundi ya kondoo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}mpaka Roho amwagwe juu yetu kutoka juu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nalo jangwa kuwa shamba lenye rutuba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na shamba lenye rutuba kuwa kama msitu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Haki itakaa katika jangwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na uadilifu utakaa katika shamba lenye rutuba. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Matunda ya haki yatakuwa amani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
matokeo ya haki yatakuwa utulivu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na matumaini milele. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Watu wangu wataishi katika makao ya mahali pa amani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika nyumba zilizo salama, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika mahali pa kupumzika pasipo na usumbufu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Hata kama mvua ya mawe iangushe msitu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mji ubomolewe kabisa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}tazama jinsi utakavyobarikiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ukipanda mbegu yako katika kila kijito, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kuwaacha ngʼombe wako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na punda wajilishe kwa uhuru. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Taabu Na Msaada }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Taabu Na Msaada }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{33}Ole wako wewe, ee mharabu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wewe ambaye hukuharibiwa! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ole wako, ee msaliti, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wewe ambaye hukusalitiwa! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Utakapokwisha kuharibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utaharibiwa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
utakapokwisha kusaliti, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utasalitiwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, uturehemu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tunakutamani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Uwe nguvu yetu kila asubuhi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wokovu wetu wakati wa taabu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Kwa ngurumo ya sauti yako, mataifa yanakimbia; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
unapoinuka, mataifa hutawanyika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Mateka yenu, enyi mataifa, yamevunwa kama vile wafanyavyo madumadu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama kundi la nzige watu huvamia juu yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ametukuka, kwa kuwa anakaa mahali palipoinuka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ataijaza Sayuni kwa haki na uadilifu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Atakuwa msingi ulio imara kwa wakati wenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ghala za wokovu tele, hekima na maarifa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kumcha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ni ufunguo wa hazina hii. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Angalia, watu wake mashujaa wanapiga kelele kwa nguvu barabarani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wajumbe wa amani wanalia kwa uchungu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Njia kuu zimeachwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna wasafiri barabarani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mkataba umevunjika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mashahidi wake wamedharauliwa,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{33:8 }Au: miji yake imedharauliwa.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna yeyote anayeheshimiwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Ardhi inaomboleza\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{33:9 }Au: Ardhi inakauka.} na kuchakaa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Lebanoni imeaibika na kunyauka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Sharoni ni kama Araba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo Bashani na Karmeli 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanapukutisha majani yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}“Sasa nitainuka,” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Sasa nitatukuzwa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sasa nitainuliwa juu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Mlichukua mimba ya makapi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mkazaa mabua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pumzi yenu ni moto uwateketezao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Mataifa yatachomwa kama ichomwavyo chokaa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama vichaka vya miiba vilivyokatwa ndivyo watakavyochomwa.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Ninyi mlio mbali sana, sikieni lile nililofanya; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi mlio karibu, tambueni uweza wangu! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Wenye dhambi katika Sayuni wametiwa hofu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutetemeka kumewakumba wasiomcha Mungu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Ni nani miongoni mwetu awezaye kuishi na moto ulao? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ni nani miongoni mwetu awezaye kuishi na moto unaowaka milele?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Yeye aendaye kwa uadilifu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kusema lililo haki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yeye anayekataa faida ipatikanayo kwa dhuluma 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuizuia mikono yake isipokee rushwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yeye azuiaye masikio yake dhidi ya mashauri ya mauaji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na yeye afumbaye macho yake yasitazame sana uovu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}huyu ndiye mtu atakayeishi mahali pa juu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambaye kimbilio lake litakuwa ngome ya mlimani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Atapewa mkate wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na maji yake hayatakoma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Macho yenu yatamwona mfalme katika uzuri wake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuiona nchi inayoenea mbali. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Katika mawazo yenu mtaifikiria hofu iliyopita: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Yuko wapi yule afisa mkuu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Yuko wapi yule aliyechukua ushuru? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Yuko wapi afisa msimamizi wa minara?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Hutawaona tena wale watu wenye kiburi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wale watu wenye usemi wa mafumbo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wenye lugha ngeni, isiyoeleweka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Mtazame Sayuni, mji wa sikukuu zetu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
macho yenu yatauona Yerusalemu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mahali pa amani pa kuishi, hema ambalo halitaondolewa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nguzo zake hazitangʼolewa kamwe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hakuna kamba yake yoyote itakayokatika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Huko \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakuwa Mwenye Nguvu wetu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Patakuwa kama mahali pa mito mipana na vijito. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hakuna jahazi lenye makasia litakalopita huko, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hakuna meli yenye nguvu itakayopita huko. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Kwa kuwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ni mwamuzi wetu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ndiye mtoa sheria wetu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ni mfalme wetu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye ndiye atakayetuokoa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Kamba zenu za merikebu zimelegea: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mlingoti haukusimama imara, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nalo tanga halikukunjuliwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wingi wa mateka yatagawanywa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hata yeye aliye mlemavu atachukua nyara. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Hakuna yeyote aishiye Sayuni atakayesema, “Mimi ni mgonjwa”; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nazo dhambi za wale waishio humo zitasamehewa. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Hukumu Dhidi Ya Mataifa }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Hukumu Dhidi Ya Mataifa }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{34}Njooni karibu, enyi mataifa, nanyi msikilize; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sikilizeni kwa makini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
enyi kabila za watu! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Dunia na isikie, navyo vyote vilivyo ndani yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ulimwengu na vyote vitokavyo ndani yake! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ameyakasirikia mataifa yote; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ghadhabu yake ni juu ya majeshi yao yote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Atawaangamiza kabisa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atawatia mikononi mwa wachinjaji. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Waliouawa watatupwa nje, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
maiti zao zitatoa uvundo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
milima itatota kwa damu zao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Nyota zote za mbinguni zitayeyuka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na anga litasokotwa kama kitabu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
jeshi lote la angani litaanguka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama majani yaliyonyauka kutoka kwenye mzabibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama tini iliyonyauka kutoka kwenye mtini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Upanga wangu umekunywa na kushiba huko mbinguni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tazama, unashuka katika hukumu juu ya Edomu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wale watu ambao nimeshawahukumu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwaangamiza kabisa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Upanga wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} umeoga katika damu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
umefunikwa na mafuta ya nyama: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
damu ya kondoo na mbuzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mafuta kutoka figo za kondoo dume. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa maana \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ana dhabihu huko Bosra, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na machinjo makuu huko Edomu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Nyati wataanguka pamoja nao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndama waume na mafahali wakubwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nchi yao italowana kwa damu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo mavumbi yataloa mafuta ya nyama. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Kwa sababu \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} anayo siku ya kulipiza kisasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mwaka wa malipo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
siku ya kushindania shauri la Sayuni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Vijito vya Edomu vitageuka kuwa lami, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mavumbi yake yatakuwa kiberiti kiunguzacho, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nchi yake itakuwa lami iwakayo! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Haitazimishwa usiku wala mchana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
moshi wake utapaa juu milele. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kutoka kizazi hadi kizazi itakuwa ukiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna mtu yeyote atakayepita huko tena. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Bundi wa jangwani na bundi mwenye sauti nyembamba wataimiliki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
bundi wakubwa na kunguru wataweka viota humo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mungu atanyoosha juu ya Edomu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kamba ya kupimia ya machafuko matupu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na timazi ya ukiwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Watu wake wa kuheshimiwa hawatakuwa na chochote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kitakachoitwa ufalme huko, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wakuu wao wote watatoweka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Miiba itaenea katika ngome za ndani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
viwawi na michongoma itaota 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwenye ngome zake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Itakuwa maskani ya mbweha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
makao ya bundi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Viumbe vya jangwani vitakutana na fisi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao mbuzi-mwitu watalia wakiitana; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
huko viumbe vya usiku vitastarehe pia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kujitafutia mahali pa kupumzika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Bundi wataweka viota huko na kutaga mayai, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atayaangua na kutunza makinda yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
chini ya uvuli wa mabawa yake; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
pia huko vipanga watakusanyika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kila mmoja na mwenzi wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{16}Angalieni katika gombo la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} na msome: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hakuna hata mmoja katika hawa atakayekosekana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna hata mmoja atakayemkosa mwenzi wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa kuwa ni kinywa chake Mungu kimeagiza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na Roho wake atawakusanya pamoja. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Huwagawia sehemu zao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mkono wake huwagawanyia kwa kipimo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wataimiliki hata milele 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuishi humo kutoka kizazi hadi kizazi. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Furaha Ya Waliokombolewa }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Furaha Ya Waliokombolewa }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{35}Jangwa na nchi kame vitafurahi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nyika itashangilia na kuchanua maua. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kama waridi, 
\verseNumber{2}litachanua maua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
litashangilia sana na kupaza sauti kwa furaha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Litapewa utukufu wa Lebanoni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
fahari ya Karmeli na Sharoni; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wataona utukufu wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
fahari ya Mungu wetu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Itieni nguvu mikono iliyo dhaifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yafanyeni imara magoti yaliyolegea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}waambieni wale wenye mioyo ya hofu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Kuweni hodari, msiogope; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
tazama, Mungu wenu atakuja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pamoja na malipo ya Mungu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atakuja na kuwaokoa ninyi.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Ndipo macho ya vipofu yatafumbuliwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na masikio ya viziwi yatazibuliwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Ndipo kilema atarukaruka kama kulungu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao ulimi wa aliye bubu utapaza sauti kwa shangwe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Maji yatatiririka kwa kasi katika nyika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na vijito katika jangwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Mchanga wa moto utakuwa bwawa la maji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ardhi yenye kiu itabubujika chemchemi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Maskani ya mbweha walikolala hapo awali 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
patamea majani, matete na mafunjo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Nako kutakuwa na njia kuu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo itaitwa Njia ya Utakatifu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wasio safi hawatapita juu yake; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
itakuwa ya wale watembeao katika Njia ile; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yeye asafiriye juu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ajapokuwa mjinga, hatapotea. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Huko hakutakuwepo na simba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala mnyama mkali hatapita njia hiyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hawatapatikana humo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ila waliokombolewa tu ndio watakaopita huko, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{10}waliokombolewa na \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} watarudi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wataingia Sayuni wakiimba; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
furaha ya milele itakuwa juu ya vichwa vyao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watapata furaha na shangwe; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huzuni na majonzi vitakimbia. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Senakeribu Atishia Yerusalemu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Senakeribu Atishia Yerusalemu }
\BibleSectionCrossReference{(2 Wafalme 18:13-27; 2 Nyakati 32:1-19) }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{36}Katika mwaka wa kumi na nne wa utawala wa Mfalme Hezekia, Senakeribu mfalme wa Ashuru akaishambulia miji yote ya Yuda yenye ngome na kuiteka. 
\verseNumber{2}Kisha mfalme wa Ashuru akamtuma jemadari wa jeshi pamoja na jeshi kubwa kutoka Lakishi hadi kwa Mfalme Hezekia huko Yerusalemu. Jemadari wa jeshi akasimama kwenye mfereji wa Bwawa la Juu, lililojengwa katika barabara iendayo kwenye Uwanja wa Dobi. 
\verseNumber{3}Eliakimu mwana wa Hilkia aliyekuwa msimamizi wa jumba la kifalme, Shebna aliyekuwa katibu, na Yoa mwana wa Asafu mwandishi wakamwendea. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{4}Jemadari wa jeshi akawaambia, “Mwambieni Hezekia, 
“ ‘Hili ndilo asemalo mfalme mkuu, mfalme wa Ashuru: Ni wapi unapoweka hili tumaini lako? 
\verseNumber{5}Unasema mnayo mikakati na nguvu za kijeshi, lakini unasema maneno matupu tu. Je, wewe unamtegemea nani, hata ukaniasi mimi? 
\verseNumber{6}Tazama sasa, unaitegemea Misri, fimbo ile ya mwanzi uliopasuka, ambayo huuchoma na kuujeruhi mkono wa mtu akiiegemea! Hivyo ndivyo alivyo Farao mfalme wa Misri, kwa wote wanaomtegemea. 
\verseNumber{7}Nawe kama ukiniambia, “Tunamtumainia \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mungu wetu”: je, siyo yeye ambaye Hezekia aliondoa mahali pake pa juu pa kuabudia miungu na madhabahu zake, akiwaambia Yuda na Yerusalemu, “Ni lazima mwabudu mbele ya madhabahu haya”? 
\verseNumber{8}“ ‘Njooni sasa, fanyeni mapatano na bwana wangu, mfalme wa Ashuru: Nitakupa farasi elfu mbili, kama unaweza kuwapandisha waendesha farasi juu yao! 
\verseNumber{9}Utawezaje kumzuia hata afisa mmoja aliye mdogo kati ya maafisa wa bwana wangu, ijapo unategemea Misri kwa magari ya vita na wapanda farasi? 
\verseNumber{10}Zaidi ya hayo, je, nimekuja kushambulia na kuangamiza nchi hii bila \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}? \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} mwenyewe ndiye aliniambia niishambulie nchi hii na kuiangamiza.’ ” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{11}Ndipo Eliakimu, Shebna na Yoa wakamwambia yule jemadari wa jeshi, “Tafadhali zungumza na watumishi wako kwa lugha ya Kiaramu, kwa kuwa tunaifahamu. Usiseme nasi kwa Kiebrania watu walioko juu ya ukuta wakiwa wanasikia.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{12}Lakini yule jemadari wa jeshi akajibu, “Je, bwana wangu amenituma kutoa ujumbe huu kwa bwana wenu na kwenu tu? Je, hakunituma pia kwa watu walioketi ukutani, ambao, kama ninyi, itawabidi kula mavi yao na kunywa mikojo yao wenyewe?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{13}Kisha yule jemadari wa jeshi akasimama na kuita kwa lugha ya Kiebrania, akasema: “Sikieni maneno ya mfalme mkuu, mfalme wa Ashuru! 
\verseNumber{14}Hili ndilo asemalo mfalme: Msikubali Hezekia awadanganye. Hawezi kuwaokoa! 
\verseNumber{15}Msikubali Hezekia awashawishi kumtumaini \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} kwa kuwaambia, ‘Hakika \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atatuokoa. Mji huu hautaangukia mikononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{16}“Msimsikilize Hezekia. Hili ndilo mfalme wa Ashuru asemalo: Fanyeni amani nami na mje kwangu. Kisha kila mmoja wenu atakula kutoka kwa mzabibu wake na mtini wake mwenyewe, na kunywa maji kutoka kisima chake mwenyewe, 
\verseNumber{17}mpaka nije nikawapeleke katika nchi iliyo kama nchi yenu wenyewe, nchi ya nafaka na divai mpya, nchi ya mkate na ya mashamba ya mizabibu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{18}“Msikubali Hezekia awapotoshe asemapo, ‘\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atatuokoa.’ Je, yuko mungu wa taifa lolote aliyewahi kuokoa nchi yake kutoka mkononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru? 
\verseNumber{19}Iko wapi miungu ya Hamathi na ya Arpadi? Iko wapi miungu ya Sefarvaimu? Je, imeokoa Samaria kutoka mkononi mwangu? 
\verseNumber{20}Ni yupi miongoni mwa miungu yote ya nchi hizi ameweza kuokoa nchi yake mkononi mwangu? Inawezekanaje basi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} aiokoe Yerusalemu mkononi mwangu?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{21}Lakini wale watu wakakaa kimya, wala hawakujibu lolote, kwa kuwa mfalme alikuwa amewaamuru, “Msimjibu lolote.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{22}Kisha Eliakimu mwana wa Hilkia msimamizi wa jumba la kifalme, Shebna katibu, na Yoa mwana wa Asafu, mwandishi wakamwendea Hezekia, nguo zao zikiwa zimeraruliwa, na kumwambia yale jemadari wa jeshi aliyoyasema. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Kuokolewa Kwa Yerusalemu Kunatabiriwa }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Kuokolewa Kwa Yerusalemu Kunatabiriwa }
\BibleSectionCrossReference{(2 Wafalme 19:1-7) }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{37}Mfalme Hezekia aliposikia haya, akararua nguo zake na kuvaa nguo ya gunia, naye akaenda katika Hekalu la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\verseNumber{2}Akawatuma Eliakimu msimamizi wa nyumba ya mfalme, Shebna mwandishi, na viongozi wa makuhani, wote wakiwa wamevaa nguo za magunia, waende kwa nabii Isaya mwana wa Amozi. 
\verseNumber{3}Wakamwambia, “Hili ndilo asemalo Hezekia: Siku hii ni siku ya dhiki, ya kukaripiwa na ya aibu, kama wakati watoto wanapofikia karibu kuzaliwa na kumbe hakuna nguvu ya kuwazaa. 
\verseNumber{4}Yamkini \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Mungu wako atayasikia maneno ya jemadari wa jeshi, ambaye bwana wake, mfalme wa Ashuru, amemtuma kumdhihaki Mungu aliye hai, tena kwamba atamkemea kwa maneno ambayo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Mungu wako ameyasikia. Kwa hiyo omba kwa ajili ya mabaki ambao bado wako.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{5}Maafisa wa Mfalme Hezekia walipofika kwa Isaya, 
\verseNumber{6}Isaya akawaambia, “Mwambieni bwana wenu, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}: Usiogope kwa hayo uliyoyasikia, yale maneno ambayo watumishi wa mfalme wa Ashuru wamenitukana nayo. 
\verseNumber{7}Sikiliza! Nitatia roho fulani ndani yake ili kwamba atakaposikia taarifa fulani, atarudi nchi yake mwenyewe, nami huko nitafanya auawe kwa upanga.’ ” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{8}Jemadari wa jeshi aliposikia kwamba mfalme wa Ashuru ameondoka Lakishi, alirudi, akamkuta mfalme akipigana na Libna. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{9}Basi Senakeribu akapata taarifa kwamba Tirhaka, Mkushi mfalme wa Misri, alikuwa anaenda kupigana naye. Aliposikia jambo hili akatuma wajumbe kwa Hezekia na neno hili: 
\verseNumber{10}“Mwambieni Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda: Usikubali huyo Mungu unayemtumainia akudanganye wakati anaposema, ‘Yerusalemu haitatiwa mkononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru.’ 
\verseNumber{11}Hakika umesikia yale ambayo wafalme wa Ashuru wametenda kwa nchi zote, wakiwaangamiza kabisa. Je, wewe utaokolewa? 
\verseNumber{12}Je, miungu ya mataifa ambayo yaliangamizwa na baba zangu iliweza kuwaokoa? Yaani miungu ya Gozani, Harani, Resefu, na ya watu wa Edeni waliokuwa Telasari? 
\verseNumber{13}Yuko wapi mfalme wa Hamathi, mfalme wa Arpadi, mfalme wa mji wa Sefarvaimu, au wa Hena au wa Iva?” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Maombi Ya Hezekia }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Maombi Ya Hezekia }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{14}Hezekia akapokea barua kutoka kwa wale wajumbe naye akaisoma. Kisha akapanda katika Hekalu la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, akaikunjua mbele za \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\verseNumber{15}Naye Hezekia akamwomba \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} akisema: 
\verseNumber{16}“Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, uketiye juu ya kiti cha enzi kati ya makerubi, wewe peke yako ndiwe Mungu juu ya falme zote za dunia. Wewe umeumba mbingu na nchi. 
\verseNumber{17}Tega sikio, Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, usikie; fungua macho yako, Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, uone; sikiliza maneno yote ambayo Senakeribu ametuma kumtukana Mungu aliye hai. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{18}“Ni kweli, Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, kwamba wafalme wa Ashuru wameyaangamiza mataifa haya yote pamoja na nchi zao. 
\verseNumber{19}Wameitupa miungu yao kwenye moto na kuiangamiza, kwa kuwa haikuwa miungu, bali miti na mawe tu, iliyotengenezwa kwa mikono ya wanadamu. 
\verseNumber{20}Sasa basi, Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mungu wetu, tuokoe kutoka mkononi mwake, ili kwamba falme zote duniani zipate kujua kwamba wewe peke yako, Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, ndiwe Mungu.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Kuanguka Kwa Senakeribu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Kuanguka Kwa Senakeribu }
\BibleSectionCrossReference{(2 Wafalme 19:20-37) }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{21}Kisha Isaya mwana wa Amozi akapeleka ujumbe kwa Hezekia, akasema: “Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Mungu wa Israeli: Kwa sababu umeniomba kuhusu Senakeribu mfalme wa Ashuru, 
\verseNumber{22}hili ndilo neno ambalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amelisema dhidi yake: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Bikira binti Sayuni anakudharau na kukudhihaki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Binti Yerusalemu anatikisa kichwa chake unapokimbia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Ni nani uliyemtukana na kumkufuru? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ni nani uliyeinua sauti yako dhidi yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kumwinulia macho yako kwa kiburi? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ni dhidi ya yule Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Kupitia kwa wajumbe wako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
umelundika matukano juu ya Bwana. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nawe umesema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Kwa magari yangu mengi ya vita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nimepanda juu ya vilele vya milima, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vilele vya juu sana katika Lebanoni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nami nimeiangusha mierezi yake mirefu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
misunobari yake iliyo bora sana. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nimefikia sehemu zake zilizoinuka juu sana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
misitu yake iliyo mizuri sana. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}Nimechimba visima katika nchi za kigeni 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kunywa maji yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa nyayo za miguu yangu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nimekausha vijito vyote vya Misri.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{26}“Je, hujasikia? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Zamani sana niliamuru hili. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Siku za kale nilipanga hili; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sasa nimelifanya litokee, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwamba umegeuza miji yenye ngome 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwa malundo ya mawe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{27}Watu wa miji hiyo wameishiwa nguvu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanavunjika mioyo na kuaibishwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wao ni kama mimea katika shamba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama machipukizi mororo ya kijani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama majani yachipuayo juu ya paa la nyumba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambayo hukauka kabla ya kukua. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{28}“Lakini ninajua mahali ukaapo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka kwako na kuingia kwako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na jinsi unavyoghadhibika dhidi yangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{29}Kwa sababu unaghadhibika na ufidhuli dhidi yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwa sababu ufidhuli wako umefika masikioni mwangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitaweka ndoana yangu puani mwako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na hatamu yangu kinywani mwako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami nitakufanya urudi kwa njia ile uliyoijia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{30}“Hii ndiyo itakuwa ishara kwako, ee Hezekia: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Mwaka huu utakula kile kiotacho chenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mwaka wa pili utakula kutoka machipukizi yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lakini katika mwaka wa tatu panda na uvune, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
panda mashamba ya mizabibu na ule matunda yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{31}Mara nyingine tena mabaki ya nyumba ya Yuda 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wataeneza mizizi chini na kuzaa matunda juu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{32}Kwa kuwa kutoka Yerusalemu watakuja mabaki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutoka Mlima Sayuni kundi la walionusurika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wivu wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndio utatimiza jambo hili. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{33}“Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} kuhusu mfalme wa Ashuru: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Hataingia katika mji huu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hatapiga mshale hapa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hatakuja mbele yake na ngao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala kupanga majeshi kuuzingira. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{34}Kwa njia ile aliyoijia ndiyo atakayorudi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hataingia katika mji huu,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{35}“Nitaulinda mji huu na kuuokoa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwa ajili ya Daudi mtumishi wangu!” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{36}Ndipo malaika wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} akaenda, akawaua wanajeshi 185,000 katika kambi ya Waashuru. Wenzao walipoamka asubuhi yake, walikuta maiti kila mahali! 
\verseNumber{37}Basi Senakeribu mfalme wa Ashuru akavunja kambi na kuondoka. Akarudi Ninawi na kukaa huko. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{38}Siku moja, alipokuwa akiabudu katika hekalu la mungu wake Nisroki, wanawe Adrameleki na Shareza wakamuua kwa upanga, nao wakakimbilia nchi ya Ararati. Naye Esar-Hadoni mwanawe akawa mfalme badala yake. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Kuugua Kwa Mfalme Hezekia }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Kuugua Kwa Mfalme Hezekia }
\BibleSectionCrossReference{(2 Wafalme 20:1-11; 2 Nyakati 32:24-26) }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{38}Katika siku hizo Hezekia akaugua, naye akawa karibu kufa. Nabii Isaya mwana wa Amozi akaenda kwake na kumwambia, “Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}: Tengeneza mambo ya nyumba yako, kwa sababu utakufa, hutapona.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{2}Hezekia akaelekeza uso wake ukutani, akamwomba \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}: 
\verseNumber{3}“Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, kumbuka jinsi nilivyoenenda mbele zako kwa uaminifu na kujitoa kwa moyo wangu wote, na kufanya yaliyo mema machoni pako.” Naye Hezekia akalia kwa uchungu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{4}Ndipo neno la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} likamjia Isaya, kusema: 
\verseNumber{5}“Nenda ukamwambie Hezekia, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Mungu wa baba yako Daudi: Nimeyasikia maombi yako na nimeona machozi yako. Nitakuongezea miaka kumi na mitano katika maisha yako. 
\verseNumber{6}Nami nitakuokoa wewe pamoja na mji huu mkononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru. Nitaulinda mji huu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{7}“ ‘Hii ndiyo ishara ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} kwako ya kwamba \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atafanya kile alichoahidi: 
\verseNumber{8}Nitafanya kivuli cha jua kwenye ngazi iliyojengwa na Ahazi kirudi nyuma madaraja kumi.’ ” Hivyo jua likarudi nyuma madaraja kumi ambayo lilikuwa limeshuka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{9}Maandiko ya Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda baada ya kuugua kwake na kupona: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Nilisema, “Katika ustawi wa maisha yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
je, ni lazima nipite katika malango ya mauti,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{38:10 }Mauti hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kupokonywa miaka yangu iliyobaki?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Nilisema, “Sitamwona tena \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} katika nchi ya walio hai, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wala sitamtazama tena mwanadamu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala kuwa na wale ambao sasa wanakaa katika ulimwengu huu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Kama hema la mchunga mifugo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nyumba yangu imebomolewa na kutwaliwa kutoka kwangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kama mfumaji nimevingirisha maisha yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye amenikatilia mbali kutoka kitanda cha mfumi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mchana na usiku uliyakomesha maisha yangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Nilingoja kwa uvumilivu hadi mapambazuko, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini alivunja mifupa yangu yote kama simba. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mchana na usiku uliyakomesha maisha yangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Nililia kama mbayuwayu au korongo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
niliomboleza kama hua aombolezaye. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Macho yangu yalififia nilipotazama mbinguni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ee Bwana, ninataabika, njoo unisaidie!” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Lakini niseme nini? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Amesema nami, naye yeye mwenyewe amelitenda hili. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitatembea kwa unyenyekevu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika miaka yangu yote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa sababu ya haya maumivu makali 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ya nafsi yangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Bwana, kwa mambo kama haya watu huishi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo roho yangu hupata uzima katika hayo pia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Uliniponya 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuniacha niishi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Hakika ilikuwa ya faida yangu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndiyo maana nikapata maumivu makali. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Katika upendo wako ukaniokoa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka shimo la uharibifu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
umeziweka dhambi zangu zote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nyuma yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Kwa maana kaburi\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{38:18 }Kaburini hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.} haliwezi kukusifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mauti haiwezi kuimba sifa zako; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wale washukao chini shimoni 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hawawezi kuutarajia uaminifu wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Walio hai, walio hai: hao wanakusifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama ninavyofanya leo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Baba huwaambia watoto wao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
habari za uaminifu wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ataniokoa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nasi tutaimba kwa vyombo vya nyuzi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
siku zote za maisha yetu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika Hekalu la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{21}Isaya alikuwa amesema, “Tengenezeni dawa ya kubandika ya tini, mweke juu ya jipu, naye atapona.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{22}Hezekia alikuwa ameuliza, “Kutakuwa na ishara gani kwamba nitapanda kwenda Hekalu la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}?” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Wajumbe Kutoka Babeli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Wajumbe Kutoka Babeli }
\BibleSectionCrossReference{(2 Wafalme 20:12-19) }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{39}Wakati huo Merodaki-Baladani, mwana wa Baladani mfalme wa Babeli, akamtumia Hezekia barua na zawadi, kwa sababu alikuwa amesikia habari za kuugua na kupona kwake. 
\verseNumber{2}Hezekia akawapokea wale wajumbe kwa furaha na kuwaonyesha vitu vile vilivyokuwa katika ghala zake: yaani fedha, dhahabu, vikolezo na mafuta safi, ghala la silaha lote, na kila kitu kilichokuwa katika hazina zake. Hapakuwa na kitu chochote katika jumba lake la kifalme au katika ufalme wake wote ambacho Hezekia hakuwaonyesha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{3}Ndipo nabii Isaya akaenda kwa Mfalme Hezekia na kumuuliza, “Watu hao walisema nini, na wametoka wapi?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
Hezekia akamjibu, “Wametoka nchi ya mbali. Walikuja kwangu kutoka Babeli.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{4}Nabii akauliza, “Waliona nini katika jumba lako la kifalme?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
Hezekia akajibu, “Waliona kila kitu katika jumba langu la kifalme. Hakuna kitu chochote katika hazina yangu ambacho sikuwaonyesha.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{5}Ndipo Isaya akamwambia Hezekia, “Sikia neno la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote: 
\verseNumber{6}Hakika wakati unakuja ambapo vitu vyote katika jumba lako la kifalme, na vyote ambavyo baba zako waliweka akiba mpaka siku hii, vitachukuliwa kwenda Babeli. Hakuna chochote kitakachosalia, asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\verseNumber{7}Nao baadhi ya wazao wako, nyama yako na damu yako mwenyewe watakaozaliwa kwako, watachukuliwa mbali, nao watakuwa matowashi katika jumba la mfalme wa Babeli.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{8}Hezekia akamjibu Isaya, “Neno la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ulilosema ni jema.” Kwa kuwa alifikiri, “Patakuwepo amani na usalama wakati wa uhai wangu.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Faraja Kwa Watu Wa Mungu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Faraja Kwa Watu Wa Mungu }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{40}Wafarijini, wafarijini watu wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asema Mungu wenu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Sema na Yerusalemu kwa upole, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
umtangazie 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwamba kazi yake ngumu imekamilika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwamba dhambi yake imefanyiwa fidia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwamba amepokea kutoka mkononi mwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
maradufu kwa ajili ya dhambi zake zote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Sauti ya mtu aliaye: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Itengenezeni jangwani njia ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nyoosheni njia kuu nyikani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya Mungu wetu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Kila bonde litainuliwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kila mlima na kilima kitashushwa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
penye mabonde patanyooshwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
napo palipoparuza patasawazishwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Utukufu wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} utafunuliwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wanadamu wote watauona pamoja. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
Kwa maana kinywa cha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} kimenena.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Sauti husema, “Piga kelele.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Nami nikasema, “Nipige kelele gani?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Wanadamu wote ni kama majani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao utukufu wao wote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni kama maua ya kondeni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Majani hunyauka na maua huanguka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa sababu pumzi ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} huyapuliza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Hakika wanadamu ni majani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Majani hunyauka na maua huanguka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini neno la Mungu wetu ladumu milele.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Wewe uletaye habari njema Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
panda juu ya mlima mrefu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wewe uletaye habari njema Yerusalemu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
inua sauti yako kwa kupiga kelele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
inua sauti, usiogope; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
iambie miji ya Yuda, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Yuko hapa Mungu wenu!” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Tazameni, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi anakuja na nguvu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao mkono wake ndio utawalao kwa ajili yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tazameni, ujira wake u pamoja naye, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo malipo yake yanafuatana naye. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Huchunga kundi lake kama mchungaji wa mifugo: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Hukusanya wana-kondoo katika mikono yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kuwachukua karibu na moyo wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huwaongoza taratibu wale wanyonyeshao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Ni nani aliyepima maji ya bahari 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwenye konzi ya mkono wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kuzipima mbingu kwa shibiri\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{40:12 }Shibiri ni sawa na sentimita 20 au inchi 8.} yake? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ni nani aliyeyashika mavumbi ya dunia katika kikapu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kupima milima kwenye kipimio 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na vilima kwenye mizani? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Ni nani aliyeyafahamu mawazo ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kumfundisha akiwa kama mshauri wake? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Ni nani ambaye \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ametaka shauri kwake ili kumwelimisha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye ni nani aliyemfundisha njia iliyo sawa? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ni nani aliyemfundisha maarifa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kumwonyesha mapito ya ufahamu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Hakika mataifa ni kama tone ndani ya ndoo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni kama vumbi jembamba juu ya mizani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huvipima visiwa kana kwamba vilikuwa vumbi laini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Lebanoni hautoshi kwa moto wa madhabahuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala wanyama wake hawatoshi kwa sadaka za kuteketezwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Mbele yake mataifa yote ni kama si kitu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yanaonekana yasio na thamani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na zaidi ya bure kabisa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Basi, utamlinganisha Mungu na nani? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Utamlinganisha na kitu gani? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Kwa habari ya sanamu, fundi huisubu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye mfua dhahabu huifunika kwa dhahabu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuitengenezea mikufu ya fedha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Mtu aliye maskini sana asiyeweza kuleta sadaka kama hii 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huuchagua mti usiooza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Humtafuta fundi stadi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wa kusimamisha sanamu ambayo haitatikisika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Je, hujui? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Je, hujasikia? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, hujaambiwa tangu mwanzo? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Je, hujafahamu tangu kuumbwa kwa dunia? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Anakaa kwenye kiti cha enzi juu ya duara ya dunia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao watu wakaao ndani yake ni kama panzi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huzitandaza mbingu kama chandarua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuzitandaza kama hema la kuishi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Huwafanya wakuu kuwa si kitu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwashusha watawala wa dunia hii kuwa kitu bure. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Mara baada ya kupandwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mara baada ya kutiwa ardhini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mara baada ya kutoa mizizi yao ardhini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ndipo huwapulizia nao wakanyauka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao upepo wa kisulisuli 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huwapeperusha kama makapi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}“Utanilinganisha mimi na nani? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Au ni nani anayelingana nami?” asema yeye Aliye Mtakatifu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{26}Inueni macho yenu mtazame mbinguni: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ni nani aliyeumba hivi vyote? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ni yeye aletaye nje jeshi la nyota moja baada ya nyingine 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuziita kila moja kwa jina lake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa sababu ya uweza wake mkuu na nguvu zake kuu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna hata mojawapo inayokosekana. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{27}Kwa nini unasema, ee Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nanyi ee Israeli, kulalamika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Njia yangu imefichwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} asiione, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mungu wangu hajali shauri langu?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{28}Je wewe, hufahamu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Je wewe, hujasikia? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ni Mungu wa milele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Muumba wa miisho ya dunia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hatachoka wala kulegea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hakuna hata mmoja 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
awezaye kuupima ufahamu wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{29}Huwapa nguvu waliolegea 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na huongeza nguvu za wadhaifu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{30}Hata vijana huchoka na kulegea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao vijana wanaume hujikwaa na kuanguka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{31}bali wale wamtumainio \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atafanya upya nguvu zao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watapaa juu kwa mbawa kama tai; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watapiga mbio wala hawatachoka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watatembea kwa miguu wala hawatazimia. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Msaidizi Wa Israeli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Msaidizi Wa Israeli }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{41}“Nyamazeni kimya mbele zangu, enyi visiwa! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mataifa na wafanye upya nguvu zao! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wao na wajitokeze, kisha waseme, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tukutane pamoja mahali pa hukumu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}“Ni nani aliyemchochea mmoja kutoka mashariki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
akimwita katika haki kwa utumishi wake? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huyatia mataifa mikononi mwake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwatiisha wafalme mbele zake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huwafanya kuwa mavumbi kwa upanga wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huwafanya makapi yapeperushwayo na upepo kwa upinde wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Huwafuatia na kuendelea salama, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika njia ambayo miguu yake haijawahi kupita. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Ni nani aliyefanya jambo hili na kulitimiliza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
akiita vizazi tangu mwanzo? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mimi, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, ni wa kwanza 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami nitakuwa pamoja na wa mwisho: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ndiye.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Visiwa vimeliona na kuogopa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
miisho ya dunia inatetemeka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wanakaribia na kuja mbele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{6}kila mmoja humsaidia mwingine 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kusema kwa ndugu yake, “Uwe hodari!” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Fundi humtia moyo sonara, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye alainishaye kwa nyundo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
humhimiza yeye agongeaye kwenye fuawe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Humwambia yeye aunganishaye, “Ni kazi njema.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Naye huikaza sanamu kwa misumari ili isitikisike. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}“Lakini wewe, ee Israeli, mtumishi wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Yakobo, niliyemchagua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi wazao wa Abrahamu rafiki yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}nilikuchukua toka miisho ya dunia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nilikuita kutoka pembe zake za mbali. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nilisema, ‘Wewe ni mtumishi wangu’; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nimekuchagua, wala sikukukataa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Hivyo usiogope, kwa maana niko pamoja nawe; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
usifadhaike, kwa maana mimi ni Mungu wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitakutia nguvu na kukusaidia; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitakutegemeza kwa mkono wa kuume wa haki yangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}“Wote walioona hasira dhidi yako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakika wataaibika na kutahayarika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wale wakupingao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watakuwa kama vile si kitu, na kuangamia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Ingawa utawatafuta adui zako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hutawaona. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wale wanaopigana vita dhidi yako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watakuwa kama vile si kitu kabisa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Kwa maana Mimi ndimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Mungu wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nikushikaye mkono wako wa kuume 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kukuambia, Usiwe na hofu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitakusaidia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Usiogope, ee Yakobo uliye mdudu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ee Israeli uliye mdogo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa kuwa Mimi mwenyewe nitakusaidia,” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mkombozi wako, yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}“Tazama, nitakufanya chombo cha kupuria, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kipya na chenye makali, chenye meno mengi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Utaipura milima na kuiponda 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuvifanya vilima kuwa kama makapi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Utaipepeta, nao upepo utaichukua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
dhoruba itaipeperushia mbali. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Bali wewe utajifurahisha katika \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na katika utukufu wa yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}“Maskini na wahitaji wanatafuta maji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini hayapo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndimi zao zimekauka kwa kiu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lakini Mimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} nitawajibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mimi, Mungu wa Israeli, sitawaacha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Nitaifanya mito itiririke juu ya vilima vilivyo kame, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nazo chemchemi ndani ya mabonde. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitaligeuza jangwa liwe mabwawa ya maji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo ardhi iliyokauka kuwa chemchemi za maji. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Katika jangwa nitaotesha 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mwerezi, mshita, mhadasi na mzeituni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitaweka misunobari, mivinje na misanduku 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pamoja huko nyikani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}ili kwamba watu wapate kuona na kujua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wapate kufikiri na kuelewa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwamba mkono wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} umetenda hili, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwamba yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli ndiye alilifanya.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} asema, “Leta shauri lako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Toa hoja yako,” asema Mfalme wa Yakobo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}“Leteni sanamu zenu zituambie 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni nini kitakachotokea. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tuambieni mambo ya zamani yalikuwa nini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili tupate kuyatafakari 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kujua matokeo yake ya mwisho. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Au tutangazieni mambo yatakayokuja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{23}tuambieni ni nini kitakachotokea baadaye, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili tupate kujua kuwa ninyi ni miungu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Fanyeni jambo lolote zuri au baya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili tupate kutishika na kujazwa na hofu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Lakini ninyi ni zaidi ya bure kabisa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kazi zenu hazifai kitu kabisa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye awachaguaye ni chukizo sana. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}“Nimemchochea mtu mmoja kutoka kaskazini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye yuaja, mmoja toka mawio ya jua aliitaye Jina langu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huwakanyaga watawala kana kwamba ni matope, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama mfinyanzi akanyagavyo udongo wa kufinyangia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{26}Ni nani aliyenena hili tokea mwanzoni, ili tupate kujua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kabla, ili tuweze kusema, ‘Alikuwa sawa’? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hakuna aliyenena hili, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna aliyetangulia kusema hili, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna yeyote aliyesikia maneno kutoka kwenu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{27}Nilikuwa wa kwanza kumwambia Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Tazama, wako hapa!’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Nilimpa Yerusalemu mjumbe wa habari njema. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{28}Ninatazama, lakini hakuna yeyote: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna yeyote miongoni mwao awezaye kutoa shauri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna yeyote wa kutoa jibu wakati ninapowauliza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{29}Tazama, wote ni ubatili! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Matendo yao ni bure; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vinyago vyao ni upepo mtupu na machafuko. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Mtumishi Wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Mtumishi Wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{42}“Huyu hapa mtumishi wangu, ninayemtegemeza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mteule wangu, ambaye ninapendezwa naye; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitaweka Roho yangu juu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye ataleta haki kwa mataifa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Hatapaza sauti wala kupiga kelele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hataiinua sauti yake barabarani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Mwanzi uliopondeka hatauvunja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na utambi unaofuka moshi hatauzima. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa uaminifu ataleta haki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{4}hatazimia roho wala kukata tamaa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mpaka atakaposimamisha haki juu ya dunia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Visiwa vitaweka tumaini lao katika sheria yake.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Hili ndilo asemalo Mungu, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye aliyeziumba mbingu na kuzitanda, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
aliyeitandaza dunia na vyote vitokavyo humo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
awapaye watu wake pumzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na uzima kwa wale waendao humo: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}“Mimi, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, nimekuita katika haki; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitakushika mkono wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitakulinda na kukufanya 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwa Agano kwa ajili ya watu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na nuru kwa Mataifa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}kuwafungua macho wale wasioona, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwaacha huru kutoka kifungoni waliofungwa jela, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kuwafungua kutoka gerezani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wale wanaokaa gizani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}“Mimi ndimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}; hilo ndilo Jina langu! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Sitampa mwingine utukufu wangu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala sanamu sifa zangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Tazama, mambo ya kwanza yametokea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami natangaza mambo mapya; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kabla hayajatokea 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nawatangazia habari zake.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Wimbo Wa Kumsifu \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Wimbo Wa Kumsifu \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Mwimbieni \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} wimbo mpya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sifa zake toka miisho ya dunia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ninyi mshukao chini baharini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
enyi visiwa na wote wakaao ndani yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Jangwa na miji yake na vipaze sauti zao; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
makao anamoishi Kedari na yashangilie. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watu wa Sela waimbe kwa furaha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wapige kelele kutoka vilele vya milima. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Wampe \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} utukufu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutangaza sifa zake katika visiwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ataenda kama mtu mwenye nguvu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama shujaa atachochea shauku yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa kelele ataamsha kilio cha vita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye atashinda adui zake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}“Kwa muda mrefu nimenyamaza kimya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nimekaa kimya na kujizuia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lakini sasa, kama mwanamke wakati wa kujifungua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninapiga kelele, ninatweta na kushusha pumzi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Nitaharibu milima na vilima 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukausha mimea yako yote; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitafanya mito kuwa visiwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukausha mabwawa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Nitawaongoza vipofu kwenye njia ambayo hawajaijua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwenye mapito wasiyoyazoea nitawaongoza; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitafanya giza kuwa nuru mbele yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kufanya mahali palipoparuza kuwa laini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Haya ndiyo mambo nitakayofanya; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mimi sitawaacha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Lakini wale wanaotumaini sanamu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanaoviambia vinyago, ‘Ninyi ndio miungu yetu,’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watarudishwa nyuma kwa aibu kubwa. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Israeli Kipofu Na Kiziwi }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Israeli Kipofu Na Kiziwi }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}“Sikieni, enyi viziwi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tazameni, enyi vipofu, mpate kuona! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Ni nani aliye kipofu isipokuwa mtumishi wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kiziwi kama mjumbe ninayemtuma? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ni nani aliye kipofu kama yeye aliyejitoa kwangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
aliye kipofu kama mtumishi wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Mmeona vitu vingi, lakini hamkuzingatia; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
masikio yenu yako wazi, lakini hamsikii chochote.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Ilimpendeza \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya haki yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kufanya sheria yake kuwa kuu na tukufu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Lakini hili ni taifa lililoibwa na kutekwa nyara, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wote wamenaswa katika mashimo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au wamefichwa katika magereza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wamekuwa nyara, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hapana yeyote awaokoaye. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wamefanywa mateka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hapana yeyote asemaye, “Warudishe.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Ni nani miongoni mwenu atakayesikiliza hili, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au atakayezingatia kwa makini katika wakati ujao? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Ni nani aliyemtoa Yakobo kuwa mateka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na Israeli kwa wateka nyara? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, hakuwa yeye, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambaye tumetenda dhambi dhidi yake? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa kuwa hawakufuata njia zake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hawakutii sheria zake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}Hivyo akawamwagia hasira yake inayowaka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ukali wa vita. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Iliwazunguka kwa miali ya moto, lakini hata hivyo hawakuelewa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
iliwateketeza, lakini hawakuyatia moyoni. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Mwokozi Pekee Wa Israeli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Mwokozi Pekee Wa Israeli }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{43}Lakini sasa hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye aliyekuumba, ee Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye aliyekuhuluku, ee Israeli: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Usiogope kwa maana nimekukomboa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nimekuita wewe kwa jina lako, wewe u wangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Unapopita kwenye maji makuu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitakuwa pamoja nawe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
unapopita katika mito ya maji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hayatakugharikisha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Utakapopita katika moto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hutaungua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
miali ya moto haitakuunguza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Kwa kuwa Mimi ndimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Mungu wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli, Mwokozi wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ninaitoa Misri kuwa fidia yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Kushi na Seba badala yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Kwa kuwa wewe ni wa thamani na wa kuheshimiwa machoni pangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami kwa kuwa ninakupenda, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitatoa watu badala yako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mataifa badala ya maisha yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Usiogope, kwa kuwa mimi nipo pamoja nawe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitawaleta watoto wako kutoka mashariki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukukusanya kutoka magharibi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Nitaiambia kaskazini, ‘Watoe!’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo kusini, ‘Usiwazuie.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Walete wana wangu kutoka mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na binti zangu kutoka miisho ya dunia: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}kila mmoja ambaye ameitwa kwa Jina langu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
niliyemuumba kwa utukufu wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
niliyemhuluku na kumfanya.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Uwaongoze wale wenye macho lakini hawaoni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wenye masikio lakini hawasikii. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Mataifa yote yanakutanika pamoja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na makabila yanakusanyika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ni nani miongoni mwao aliyetangulia kutuambia haya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kututangazia mambo yaliyopita? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Walete mashahidi wao ili kuwathibitisha kuwa walikuwa sahihi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili wengine waweze kusikia, waseme, “Ni kweli.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}“Ninyi ni mashahidi wangu,” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“na mtumishi wangu niliyemchagua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili mpate kunijua na kuniamini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutambua kwamba Mimi ndiye. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kabla yangu hakuna mungu aliyefanyizwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hatakuwepo mwingine baada yangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Mimi, naam mimi, ndimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
zaidi yangu hakuna mwokozi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Nimedhihirisha, kuokoa na kutangaza: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mimi, wala si mungu mgeni katikati yenu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ninyi ni mashahidi wangu,” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“kwamba Mimi ndimi Mungu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{13}Naam, tangu siku za kale, Mimi ndiye. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hakuna hata mmoja awezaye kuokoa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka mkononi wangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mimi ninapotenda, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni nani awezaye kutangua?” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Huruma Za Mungu, Na Kukosa Uaminifu Kwa Israeli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Huruma Za Mungu, Na Kukosa Uaminifu Kwa Israeli }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Hili ndilo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} asemalo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mkombozi wako, yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Kwa ajili yenu nitatumana Babeli 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwaleta Wakaldayo wote kama wakimbizi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika meli walizozionea fahari. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Mimi ndimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Muumba wa Israeli, Mfalme wako.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye aliyefanya njia baharini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mahali pa kupita kwenye maji mengi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}aliyeyakokota magari ya vita na farasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
jeshi pamoja na askari wa msaada, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nao wakalala huko, wala hawatainuka tena kamwe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakakomeshwa, na wakazimika kama utambi: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}“Msiyakumbuke mambo yaliyopita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala msiyatafakari mambo ya zamani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Tazama, nitafanya jambo jipya! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Sasa litachipuka, je, hamtalitambua? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitafanya njia jangwani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na vijito vya maji katika nchi kame. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Wanyama wa mwituni wataniheshimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mbweha na bundi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa sababu ninawapatia maji jangwani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na vijito katika nchi kame, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili kuwapa watu wangu maji, wale niliowachagua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{21}watu wale niliowaumba kwa ajili yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili wapate kutangaza sifa zangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}“Hata hivyo hukuniita mimi, ee Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hujajitaabisha kwa ajili yangu, ee Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Hujaniletea kondoo kwa ajili ya sadaka za kuteketezwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala kuniheshimu kwa dhabihu zako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Sikukulemea kwa sadaka za nafaka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala kukuchosha kwa kuhitaji uvumba. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Hukuninunulia uvumba wowote wenye manukato, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hukunipa kwa ukarimu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mafuta ya wanyama wa dhabihu zako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lakini umenilemea kwa dhambi zako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kunitaabisha kwa makosa yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}“Mimi, naam mimi, ndimi nizifutaye dhambi zako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala sizikumbuki dhambi zako tena. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{26}Tafakari mambo yaliyopita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
njoo na tuhojiane, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
leta shauri lako uweze kupewa haki yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{27}Baba yako wa kwanza alitenda dhambi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wasemaji wako wameasi dhidi yangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{28}Kwa hiyo nitawaaibisha wakuu wa Hekalu lako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami nitamtoa Yakobo aangamizwe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na Israeli adhihakiwe. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Israeli Aliyechaguliwa }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Israeli Aliyechaguliwa }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{44}“Lakini sasa sikiliza, ee Yakobo, mtumishi wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Israeli, niliyemchagua. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye aliyekuhuluku, aliyekuumba tumboni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye atakayekusaidia: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Usiogope, ee Yakobo, mtumishi wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Yeshuruni,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{44:2 }Yeshuruni hapa maana yake ni Yeye aliye mnyofu, yaani Israeli (ona pia \+xt Kum 32:15\+xt*).} niliyekuchagua. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Kwa maana nitamimina maji juu ya nchi yenye kiu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na vijito vya maji juu ya ardhi iliyokauka; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitamimina Roho wangu juu ya watoto wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo baraka yangu juu ya wazao wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Nao watachipua kama manyasi katika shamba la majani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama mierezi kando ya vijito vya maji yatiririkayo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Mmoja atasema, ‘Mimi ni wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}’; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mwingine atajiita kwa jina la Yakobo; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
vilevile mwingine ataandika juu ya mkono wake, ‘Wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana},’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kujiita kwa jina la Israeli. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Ni \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Siyo Sanamu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Ni \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Siyo Sanamu }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}“Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mfalme wa Israeli na Mkombozi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mimi ni wa kwanza na Mimi ni wa mwisho; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
zaidi yangu hakuna Mungu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Ni nani basi aliye kama mimi? Yeye na atangaze. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Yeye atangaze na kuweka mbele yangu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ni kitu gani kilichotokea tangu nilipoumba watu wangu wa kale, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tena ni nini kitakachotokea: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naam, yeye na atoe unabii ni nini kitakachokuja. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Msitetemeke, msiogope. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Je, sikutangaza hili, na kutoa unabii tangu zamani? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ninyi ni mashahidi wangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Je, yuko Mungu zaidi yangu mimi? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hasha, hakuna Mwamba mwingine; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mimi simjui mwingine.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Wote wachongao sanamu ni ubatili, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
navyo vitu wanavyovithamini havifai kitu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wale ambao wanazitetea ni vipofu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni wajinga, nao waaibika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Ni nani atengenezaye mungu na kusubu sanamu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambayo haiwezi kumfaidia kitu chochote? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Yeye pamoja na wenziwe wa aina yake wataaibishwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mafundi wao si kitu ila ni wanadamu tu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wote wakusanyike pamoja na kuwa na msimamo wao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watashushwa chini kwa hofu na kwa fedheha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Muhunzi huchukua kifaa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukifanyia kazi kwenye makaa ya moto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hutengeneza sanamu kwa nyundo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huifanyiza kwa nguvu za mkono wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huona njaa na kupoteza nguvu zake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asipokunywa maji huzimia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Seremala hupima kwa kutumia kamba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na huuchora mstari kwa kalamu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
huchonga kwa patasi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutia alama kwa bikari. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huifanyiza katika umbo la binadamu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
la mwanadamu katika utukufu wake wote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili iweze kukaa katika sehemu yake ya ibada ya miungu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Hukata miti ya mierezi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huchukua mtiriza au mwaloni. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huuacha ukue miongoni mwa miti ya msituni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au hupanda msunobari, nayo mvua huufanya ukue. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Ni kuni ya binadamu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye huchukua baadhi yake na kuota moto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huwasha moto na kuoka mkate. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lakini pia huutumia kumtengeneza mungu na akamwabudu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huitengeneza sanamu na kuisujudia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Sehemu ya kuni huziweka motoni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
akapikia chakula chake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hubanika nyama na kula hadi ashibe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huota moto na kusema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Aha! Ninahisi joto, ninaona moto.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Mabaki yake hutengeneza mungu, sanamu yake; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye huisujudia na kuiabudu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huiomba na kusema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Niokoe; wewe ni mungu wangu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Hawajui chochote, hawaelewi chochote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
macho yao yamefungwa hata hawawezi kuona, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
akili zao zimefungwa hata hawawezi kufahamu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Hakuna anayefikiri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna mwenye maarifa wala ufahamu wa kusema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Sehemu yake nilitumia kwa kuni; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hata pia nilioka mkate juu ya makaa yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nikabanika nyama na kuila. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, nifanye machukizo kwa kile kilichobaki? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Je, nisujudie gogo la mti?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Hujilisha kwa majivu, moyo uliodanganyika humpotosha; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hawezi kujiokoa mwenyewe, au kusema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Je, kitu hiki kilichoko katika mkono wangu wa kuume si ni uongo?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}“Ee Yakobo, kumbuka mambo haya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ee Israeli, kwa kuwa wewe ni mtumishi wangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nimekuumba wewe, wewe ni mtumishi wangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ee Israeli, sitakusahau. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Nimeyafuta makosa yako kama wingu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
dhambi zako kama ukungu wa asubuhi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nirudie mimi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa kuwa nimekukomboa wewe.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Enyi mbingu, imbeni kwa furaha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa maana \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amefanya jambo hili. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ee vilindi vya dunia, piga kelele. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Enyi milima, pazeni sauti kwa nyimbo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
enyi misitu na miti yenu yote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa maana \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amemkomboa Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ameuonyesha utukufu wake katika Israeli. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Yerusalemu Kukaliwa }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Yerusalemu Kukaliwa }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}“Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mkombozi wako, aliyekuumba tumboni: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Mimi ni \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
niliyeumba vitu vyote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
niliyezitanda mbingu peke yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
niliyeitandaza nchi mwenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}“mimi huzipinga ishara za manabii wa uongo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwatia upumbavu waaguzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
niyapinduaye maarifa ya wenye hekima, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuyafanya kuwa upuzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{26}niyathibitishaye maneno ya watumishi wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutimiza utabiri wa wajumbe wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“niambiaye Yerusalemu, ‘Itakaliwa na watu,’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
niambiaye miji ya Yuda kuwa, ‘Itajengwa,’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuhusu magofu yake, ‘Mimi nitayatengeneza,’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{27}niambiaye kilindi cha maji, ‘Kauka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami nitakausha vijito vyako,’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{28}nisemaye kuhusu Koreshi, ‘Yeye ni mchungaji wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye atatimiza yote yanipendezayo; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atauambia Yerusalemu, “Ukajengwe tena,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuhusu Hekalu, “Misingi yake na iwekwe.” ’ 

\BibleSectionHeading{Koreshi Chombo Cha Mungu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Koreshi Chombo Cha Mungu }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{45}“Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} kwa mpakwa mafuta wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Koreshi, ambaye nimemshika mkono wake wa kuume 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kutiisha mataifa mbele yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwavua wafalme silaha zao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kufungua milango mbele yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili malango yasije yakafungwa: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Nitakwenda mbele yako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kusawazisha milima; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitavunjavunja malango ya shaba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukatakata mapingo ya chuma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Nitakupa hazina za gizani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mali zilizofichwa mahali pa siri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili upate kujua ya kwamba Mimi ndimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mungu wa Israeli, akuitaye kwa jina lako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Kwa ajili ya Yakobo mtumishi wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Israeli niliyemchagua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nimekuita wewe kwa jina lako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukupa jina la heshima, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ingawa wewe hunitambui. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Mimi ndimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, wala hakuna mwingine, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
zaidi yangu hakuna Mungu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitakutia nguvu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ingawa wewe hujanitambua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}ili kutoka mawio ya jua 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mpaka machweo yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
watu wapate kujua kwamba hakuna Mungu mwingine ila Mimi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mimi ndimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} wala hakuna mwingine. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Mimi ninaumba nuru na kuhuluku giza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninaleta mafanikio na kusababisha maafa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mimi, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, huyatenda haya yote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}“Enyi mbingu juu, nyesheni haki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mawingu na yaidondoshe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Dunia na ifunguke sana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wokovu na uchipuke, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
haki na ikue pamoja nao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mimi, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, ndiye niliyeiumba. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}“Ole wake yeye ashindanaye na Muumba wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye ambaye ni kigae tu kati ya vigae juu ya ardhi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, udongo wa kufinyangia humwambia mfinyanzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Unatengeneza nini wewe?’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Je, kazi yako husema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
‘Hana mikono’? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Ole wake amwambiaye baba yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Umezaa nini?’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Au kumwambia mama yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Umezaa kitu gani?’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}“Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli na Muumba wake: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kuhusu mambo yatakayokuja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
je, unaniuliza habari za watoto wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kunipa amri kuhusu kazi za mikono yangu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Mimi ndiye niliyeumba dunia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kumuumba mwanadamu juu yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mikono yangu mwenyewe ndiyo iliyozitanda mbingu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nikayapanga majeshi yake yote ya angani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Mimi nitamwinua Koreshi katika haki yangu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitazinyoosha njia zake zote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Yeye atajenga mji wangu upya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwaweka huru watu wangu walio uhamishoni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
lakini si kwa kulipiwa fedha wala kupewa zawadi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{14}Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Mazao ya Misri na bidhaa za Kushi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wale Waseba warefu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
watakujia na kuwa wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watakujia wakijikokota nyuma yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watakujia wamefungwa minyororo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watasujudu mbele yako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakikusihi na kusema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
‘Hakika Mungu yu pamoja nawe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hakuna mwingine; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna Mungu mwingine.’ ” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Hakika wewe u Mungu unayejificha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ee Mungu na Mwokozi wa Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Wote watengenezao sanamu wataaibika na kutahayarika; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wataenda kutahayarika pamoja. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Lakini Israeli ataokolewa na \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa wokovu wa milele; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kamwe hutaaibika wala kutatahayarika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
milele yote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye aliyeumba mbingu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndiye Mungu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yeye aliyeifanya dunia na kuiumba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye ndiye aliiwekea misingi imara, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hakuiumba ili iwe tupu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
bali aliiumba ikaliwe na viumbe vyake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Anasema: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Mimi ndimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hakuna mwingine. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Sijasema sirini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka mahali fulani katika nchi ya giza; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
sijawaambia wazao wa Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Nitafuteni bure.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mimi, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, nasema kweli; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninatangaza lililo sahihi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}“Kusanyikeni pamoja mje, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
enyi wakimbizi kutoka mataifa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wale wabebao sanamu za mti ni watu wasio na akili, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wale waombao miungu isiyoweza kuokoa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Tangazeni litakalokuwepo, lisemeni hilo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wao na wafanye shauri pamoja. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ni nani aliyetangulia kusema hili tangu zamani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
aliyetangaza tangu zamani za kale? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, haikuwa Mimi, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Wala hapana Mungu mwingine 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
zaidi yangu mimi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mungu mwenye haki na Mwokozi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hapana mwingine ila mimi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}“Nigeukieni mimi, nanyi mkaokolewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
enyi miisho yote ya dunia; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa maana mimi ndimi Mungu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hapana mwingine. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Nimeapa kwa nafsi yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kinywa changu kimenena katika uadilifu wote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
neno ambalo halitatanguka: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kila goti litapigwa mbele zangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwangu mimi kila ulimi utaapa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Watasema kuhusu mimi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Katika \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} peke yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndiko kuna haki na nguvu.’ ” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wote ambao wamemkasirikia Mungu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watamjia yeye, nao watatahayarika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}Lakini katika \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} wazao wote wa Israeli 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wataonekana wenye haki na watashangilia. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Miungu Ya Babeli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Miungu Ya Babeli }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{46}Beli anasujudu hadi nchi, Nebo anainama; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sanamu zao zabebwa na wanyama wa mizigo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Vinyago hivi mnavyobeba kila mahali ni mzigo wa kulemea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mzigo kwa waliochoka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Vinyago pamoja na wale wanaovibeba wanainama chini; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hiyo miungu haiwezi kuwaokoa watu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wote wanakwenda utumwani pamoja. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}“Nisikilizeni mimi, ee nyumba ya Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi nyote mliobaki wa nyumba ya Israeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ninyi ambao nimewategemeza tangu mlipotungwa mimba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami nimewabeba tangu kuzaliwa kwenu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Hata mpaka wakati wa uzee wenu na mvi, Mimi ndiye, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mimi ndiye nitakayewasaidia ninyi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nimewahuluku, nami nitawabeba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitawasaidia ninyi na kuwaokoa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}“Mtanilinganisha na nani, au mtanihesabu kuwa sawa na nani? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ni nani mtakayenifananisha naye ili tuweze kulinganishwa? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Wengine humwaga dhahabu kutoka kwenye mifuko yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kupima fedha kwenye mizani; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
huajiri mfua dhahabu kutengeneza mungu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kisha huisujudia na kuiabudu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Huiinua mabegani na kuichukua; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huiweka mahali pake, papo hapo ndipo isimamapo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Wala haiwezi kusogea kutoka mahali pale. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ingawa mtu huililia, haimjibu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
haiwezi kumwokoa kwenye taabu zake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}“Kumbukeni hili, litieni akilini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
liwekeni moyoni, enyi waasi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Kumbukeni mambo yaliyopita, yale ya zamani za kale; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mimi ndimi Mungu, wala hakuna mwingine; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mimi ndimi Mungu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hakuna mwingine aliye kama mimi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Ni mimi nitangazaye mwisho tangu mwanzo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naam, tangu zamani za kale, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mambo ambayo hayajatendeka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ninasema: Kusudi langu ndilo litakalosimama, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami nitatenda mapenzi yangu yote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Kutoka mashariki ninaita ndege awindaye; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka nchi ya mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mtu atakayetimiza kusudi langu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lile ambalo nimelisema, ndilo nitakalolitimiza; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lile nililolipanga, ndilo nitakalolitenda. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Nisikilizeni, ninyi wenye mioyo migumu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi mlio mbali na haki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Ninaleta haki yangu karibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
haiko mbali; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala wokovu wangu hautachelewa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitawapa Sayuni wokovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Israeli utukufu wangu. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Anguko La Babeli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Anguko La Babeli }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{47}“Shuka uketi mavumbini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ee Bikira Binti Babeli; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
keti chini pasipo na kiti cha enzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ee binti wa Wakaldayo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hutaitwa tena mwororo wala wa kupendeza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Chukua mawe ya kusagia, usage unga, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vua shela yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Pandisha mavazi yako, ondoa viatu vyako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vuka vijito kwa shida. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Uchi wako utafunuliwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na aibu yako itaonekana. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitalipa kisasi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sitamhurumia hata mmoja.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Mkombozi wetu: \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndilo jina lake; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndiye yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}“Keti kimya, ingia gizani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Binti wa Wakaldayo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hutaitwa tena malkia wa falme. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Niliwakasirikia watu wangu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuaibisha urithi wangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
niliwatia mikononi mwako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nawe hukuwaonea huruma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hata juu ya wazee 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
uliweka nira nzito sana. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Ukasema, ‘Nitaendelea 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwa malkia milele!’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lakini hukutafakari mambo haya 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hukuwaza juu ya kile kingeweza kutokea. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}“Sasa basi, sikiliza, ewe kiumbe mpenda anasa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ukaaye mahali pako pa salama, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kujiambia mwenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Mimi ndiye, wala hakuna mwingine zaidi yangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kamwe sitakuwa mjane, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala sitafiwa na watoto.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Haya mawili yatakupata, kufumba na kufumbua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika siku moja: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kufiwa na watoto, na ujane. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Yote yatakupata kwa kipimo kikamilifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ijapokuwa uchawi wako ni mwingi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na uaguzi wako ni mwingi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Umeutegemea uovu wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nawe umesema, ‘Hakuna yeyote anionaye.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hekima yako na maarifa yako vinakupoteza 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
unapojiambia mwenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Mimi ndiye, wala hakuna mwingine zaidi yangu.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Maafa yatakujia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nawe hutaweza kuyaondoa kwa uaguzi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Janga litakuangukia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hutaweza kulikinga kwa fidia; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
msiba mkuu usioweza kuutabiri 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utakujia ghafula. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}“Endelea basi na uaguzi wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wingi wa uchawi wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambao umeutumikia tangu utoto wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Labda utafanikiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
labda unaweza ukasababisha hofu kuu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Ushauri wote uliopokea umekuchosha bure! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Wanajimu wako na waje mbele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wale watazama nyota watabiriao mwezi baada ya mwezi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wao na wawaokoe na lile linalokuja juu yenu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Hakika wako kama mabua makavu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
moto utawateketeza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hawawezi hata kujiokoa wao wenyewe 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutokana na nguvu za mwali wa moto. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hapa hakuna makaa ya kumtia mtu yeyote joto; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hapa hakuna moto wa kuota. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Hayo ndiyo yote wanayoweza kuwatendea ninyi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hawa ambao umetaabika nao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kufanya nao biashara tangu utoto. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kila mmoja atatoroka; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna yeyote awezaye kukuokoa. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Israeli Mkaidi }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Israeli Mkaidi }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{48}“Sikilizeni hili, ee nyumba ya Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi mnaoitwa kwa jina la Israeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mnaotoka katika ukoo wa Yuda, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ninyi mnaoapa kwa jina la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mnaomwomba Mungu wa Israeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini si katika kweli au kwa haki; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}ninyi mnaojiita raiya wa mji mtakatifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kumtegemea Mungu wa Israeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndilo jina lake: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Nilitoa unabii mambo ya kwanza tangu zamani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kinywa changu kiliyatangaza na kuyafanya yajulikane; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kisha ghafula nikayatenda, nayo yakatokea. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Kwa kuwa nalijua jinsi ulivyokuwa mkaidi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mishipa ya shingo yako ilikuwa chuma, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kipaji chako cha uso kilikuwa shaba. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Kwa hiyo nilikuambia mambo haya tangu zamani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kabla hayajatokea nilikutangazia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili usije ukasema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Sanamu zangu zilifanya hayo; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kinyago changu cha mti na mungu wangu wa chuma aliyaamuru.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Umesikia mambo haya; yaangalie hayo yote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Je, hutayakubali? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Kuanzia sasa na kuendelea nitakueleza mambo mapya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
juu ya mambo yaliyofichika usiyoyajua. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Yameumbwa sasa, wala si tangu zamani; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hukupata kuyasikia kabla ya siku ya leo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hivyo huwezi kusema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Naam, niliyajua hayo.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Hujayasikia wala kuyaelewa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tangu zamani sikio lako halikufunguka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ninafahamu vyema jinsi ulivyo mdanganyifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
uliitwa mwasi tangu kuzaliwa kwako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Kwa ajili ya Jina langu mwenyewe 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninaichelewesha ghadhabu yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa ajili ya sifa zangu nimeizuia isikupate, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili nisije nikakukatilia mbali. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Tazama, nimekusafisha, ingawa si kama fedha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nimekujaribu katika tanuru ya mateso. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe, nafanya hili. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Jinsi gani niliache Jina langu lichafuliwe? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Sitautoa utukufu wangu kwa mwingine. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Israeli Anawekwa Huru }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Israeli Anawekwa Huru }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}“Ee Yakobo, nisikilize mimi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Israeli, ambaye nimekuita: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mimi ndiye; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mimi ndimi mwanzo na mwisho. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Mkono wangu mwenyewe uliweka misingi ya dunia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao mkono wangu wa kuume umezitanda mbingu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
niziitapo, zote husimama pamoja. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}“Kusanyikeni, ninyi nyote, msikilize: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ni ipi miongoni mwa hizo sanamu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambayo imetabiri vitu hivi? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watu wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} waliochaguliwa na kuungana 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watatimiza kusudi lake dhidi ya Babeli; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mkono wa Mungu utakuwa dhidi ya Wakaldayo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Mimi, naam, Mimi, nimenena; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naam, nimemwita yeye. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitamleta, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye atafanikiwa katika lile nililomtuma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{16}“Nikaribieni na msikilize hili: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Tangu tangazo la kwanza sikusema kwa siri; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakati litokeapo, nitakuwako hapo.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Sasa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi amenituma, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa Roho wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mkombozi wako, yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Mimi ni \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Mungu wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nikufundishaye ili upate faida, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nikuongozaye katika njia ikupasayo kuiendea. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Laiti ungesikiliza kwa makini maagizo yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
amani yako ingekuwa kama mto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
haki yako kama mawimbi ya bahari. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Wazao wako wangekuwa kama mchanga, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watoto wako kama chembe zake zisizohesabika; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kamwe jina lao lisingefutiliwa mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala kuangamizwa kutoka mbele zangu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Tokeni huko Babeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kimbieni kutoka kwa Wakaldayo! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tangazeni hili kwa kelele za shangwe 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kulihubiri. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lipelekeni mpaka miisho ya dunia; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
semeni, “\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amemkomboa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mtumishi wake Yakobo.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Hawakuona kiu alipowaongoza kupita jangwani; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
alifanya maji yatiririke kutoka kwenye mwamba kwa ajili yao; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
akapasua mwamba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na maji yakatoka kwa nguvu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}“Hakuna amani kwa waovu,” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Mtumishi Wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Mtumishi Wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{49}Nisikilizeni, enyi visiwa, sikieni hili, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi mataifa mlio mbali: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kabla sijazaliwa, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} aliniita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tangu kuzaliwa kwangu, amelitaja jina langu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Akafanya kinywa changu kuwa kama upanga ulionolewa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika uvuli wa mkono wake akanificha; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
akanifanya kuwa mshale uliosuguliwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kunificha katika podo lake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Akaniambia, “Wewe u mtumishi wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Israeli, ambaye katika yeye 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitaonyesha utukufu wangu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Lakini nilisema, “Nimetumika bure, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nimetumia nguvu zangu bure bila faida. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hata hivyo linalonistahili liko mkononi mwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao ujira wangu uko kwa Mungu wangu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Sasa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} asema: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye aliyeniumba tumboni kuwa mtumishi wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kumrudisha tena Yakobo kwake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kumkusanyia Israeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa maana nimepata heshima machoni pa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye Mungu wangu amekuwa nguvu yangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}yeye asema: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Je, ni jambo dogo sana wewe kuwa mtumishi wangu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili kurejeza makabila ya Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwarudisha wale Waisraeli niliowahifadhi? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Pia nitakufanya uwe nuru kwa ajili ya watu wa Mataifa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili upate kuleta wokovu wangu hata miisho ya dunia.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye Mkombozi na Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwake yeye aliyedharauliwa na kuchukiwa na taifa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa mtumishi wa watawala: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Wafalme watakuona na kusimama, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakuu wataona na kuanguka kifudifudi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa sababu ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, aliye mwaminifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli, aliyekuchagua wewe.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Kurejezwa Kwa Israeli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Kurejezwa Kwa Israeli }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{8}Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Wakati wangu uliokubalika nitakujibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami katika siku ya wokovu nitakusaidia; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitakuhifadhi, nami nitakufanya 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwa agano kwa ajili ya watu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili kurudisha nchi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kugawanyia urithi tena wale waliokuwa ukiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}kuwaambia mateka, ‘Tokeni nje,’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wale walio gizani, ‘Kuweni huru!’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Watajilisha kando ya barabara 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kupata malisho yao juu ya kila kilima kilicho kitupu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Hawataona njaa wala kuona kiu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hari ya jangwani au jua halitawapiga. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Yeye mwenye huruma juu yao atawaonyesha njia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwaongoza kando ya chemchemi za maji. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Nitaifanya milima yangu yote kuwa barabara, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na njia kuu zangu zitainuliwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Tazama, watakuja kutoka mbali: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wengine kutoka kaskazini, wengine kutoka magharibi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wengine kutoka nchi ya Sinimu.”\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{49:12 }Sinimu hapa ina maana ya Aswani.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Pigeni kelele kwa furaha, enyi mbingu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
furahi, ee dunia; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pazeni sauti kwa kuimba, enyi milima! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa maana \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} anawafariji watu wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye atakuwa na huruma kwa watu wake walioumizwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Lakini Sayuni alisema, “\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ameniacha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Bwana amenisahau.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}“Je, mama aweza kumsahau mtoto 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
aliyeko matitini mwake akinyonya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wala asiwe na huruma 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
juu ya mtoto aliyemzaa? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ingawa anaweza kusahau, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mimi sitakusahau wewe! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Tazama, nimekuchora kama muhuri 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika vitanga vya mikono yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuta zako zi mbele yangu daima. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Wana wako wanaharakisha kurudi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wale waliokuteka wanaondoka kwako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Inua macho yako ukatazame pande zote: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wana wako wote wanakusanyika na kukujia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa hakika kama vile niishivyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utawavaa wote kama mapambo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kujifunga nao kama bibi arusi,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}“Ingawa uliangamizwa na kufanywa ukiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na nchi yako ikaharibiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
sasa nafasi itakuwa finyu kwa ajili ya watu wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wale waliokuangamiza watakuwa mbali sana. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Watoto waliozaliwa wakati wa msiba wako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
bado watakuambia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
‘Mahali hapa ni finyu sana kwetu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tupe eneo kubwa zaidi la kuishi.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Ndipo utasema moyoni mwako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Ni nani aliyenizalia hawa? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nilikuwa nimefiwa, tena tasa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nilikuwa nimehamishwa na kukataliwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ni nani aliyewalea hawa? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Niliachwa peke yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini hawa wametoka wapi?’ ” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{22}Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Tazama, nitawaashiria watu wa Mataifa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitainua bendera yangu kwa mataifa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
watawaleta wana wako mikononi yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwabeba binti zenu juu ya mabega yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Wafalme watakuwa baba zenu wa kuwalea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na malkia wao watakuwa mama zenu wa kuwalea. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watasujudu mbele yako nyuso zao zikigusa ardhi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wataramba mavumbi yaliyo miguuni mwako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ndipo utajua ya kuwa Mimi ndimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wale wanaonitumaini mimi hawataaibika.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Je, nyara zaweza kuchukuliwa kutoka kwa mashujaa wa vita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au mateka kuokolewa kutoka kwa watu wakali? 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{25}Lakini hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Naam, mateka watachukuliwa kutoka kwa mashujaa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na nyara zitapokonywa kutoka kwa watu wakali. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitashindana na wale wanaoshindana nawe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami nitawaokoa watoto wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{26}Nitawafanya wale wanaokuonea kula nyama yao wenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watalewa kwa damu yao wenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama vile kwa mvinyo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ndipo wanadamu wote watajua 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ya kuwa Mimi, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, ni Mwokozi wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mkombozi wako, niliye Mwenye Nguvu wa Yakobo.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Dhambi Ya Israeli Na Utii Wa Mtumishi }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Dhambi Ya Israeli Na Utii Wa Mtumishi }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{50}Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Iko wapi hati ya talaka ya mama yako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambayo kwayo niliachana naye? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Au nimewauza ninyi kwa nani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
miongoni mwa watu wanaonidai? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa ajili ya dhambi zenu mliuzwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa sababu ya makosa, mama yenu aliachwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Nilipokuja, kwa nini hakuwepo hata mmoja? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Nilipoita, kwa nini hakuwepo hata mmoja wa kujibu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, mkono wangu ni mfupi mno hata nisiweze kuwakomboa? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Je, mimi sina nguvu za kukuokoa? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa kukemea tu naikausha bahari, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naigeuza mito ya maji kuwa jangwa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
samaki wake wanaoza kwa kukosa maji 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kufa kwa ajili ya kiu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Ninalivika anga weusi na kufanya nguo ya gunia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwa kifuniko chake.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi amenipa ulimi uliofundishwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili kujua neno limtegemezalo aliyechoka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huniamsha asubuhi kwa asubuhi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huamsha sikio langu lisikie kama mtu afundishwaye. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi amezibua masikio yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami sikuwa mwasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala sikurudi nyuma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Niliwapa mgongo wangu wale wanipigao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mashavu yangu wale wangʼoao ndevu zangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
sikuuficha uso wangu kutokana na fedheha 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutemewa mate. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Kwa sababu \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi ananisaidia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sitatahayarika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa hiyo nimekaza uso wangu kama jiwe la gumegume, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami ninajua sitaaibika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Yeye anipatiaye haki yangu yu karibu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ni nani basi atakayeleta mashtaka dhidi yangu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Tukabiliane uso kwa uso! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mshtaki wangu ni nani? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ni nani aliye mshtaki wangu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Ni \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi anisaidiaye mimi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ni nani huyo atakayenihukumu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wote watachakaa kama vazi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nondo watawala wawamalize. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Ni nani miongoni mwenu amchaye \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kulitii neno la mtumishi wake? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Yeye atembeaye gizani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye asiye na nuru, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na alitumainie jina la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na amtegemee Mungu wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Lakini sasa, ninyi nyote mnaowasha mioto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kupeana mienge iwakayo ninyi kwa ninyi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nendeni, tembeeni katika nuru ya moto wenu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na ya mienge mliyoiwasha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hili ndilo mtakalolipokea kutoka mkononi mwangu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mtalala chini kwa mateso makali. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Wokovu Wa Milele Kwa Sayuni }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Wokovu Wa Milele Kwa Sayuni }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{51}“Nisikilizeni, ninyi mnaofuatia haki 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mnaomtafuta \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tazameni mwamba ambako mlichongwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mahali pa kuvunjia mawe ambako mlichimbwa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}mwangalieni Abrahamu, baba yenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na Sara, ambaye aliwazaa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wakati nilipomwita alikuwa mmoja tu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami nikambariki na kumfanya kuwa wengi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Hakika \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ataifariji Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye atayaangalia kwa huruma magofu yake yote; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
atayafanya majangwa yake yawe kama Edeni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nazo sehemu zake zisizolimika ziwe kama bustani ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Shangwe na furaha zitakuwako ndani yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
shukrani na sauti za kuimba. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}“Nisikilizeni, watu wangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nisikieni, taifa langu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Sheria itatoka kwangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
haki yangu itakuwa nuru kwa mataifa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Haki yangu inakaribia mbio, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wokovu wangu unakuja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao mkono wangu utaleta hukumu kwa mataifa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Visiwa vitanitegemea 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kungojea mkono wangu kwa matumaini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Inueni macho yenu mbinguni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mkaitazame dunia chini; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mbingu zitatoweka kama moshi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
dunia itachakaa kama vazi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wakazi wake kufa kama mainzi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Bali wokovu wangu utadumu milele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
haki yangu haitakoma kamwe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}“Nisikieni, ninyi mnaojua lililo sawa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi watu ambao mna sheria yangu mioyoni mwenu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Msiogope mashutumu ya wanadamu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala msitiwe hofu na matukano yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Kwa maana nondo atawala kama vazi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao funza atawatafuna kama sufu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lakini haki yangu itadumu milele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wokovu wangu kwa vizazi vyote.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Amka, Amka! Jivike nguvu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ewe mkono wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Amka, kama siku zilizopita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama vile vizazi vya zamani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Si ni wewe uliyemkata Rahabu vipande vipande, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
uliyemchoma yule joka? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Si ni wewe uliyekausha bahari, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
maji ya kilindi kikuu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
uliyefanya barabara katika vilindi vya bahari 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili waliokombolewa wapate kuvuka? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Wale waliolipiwa fidia na \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} watarudi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Wataingia Sayuni wakiimba; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
furaha ya milele itakuwa taji juu ya vichwa vyao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Furaha na shangwe zitawapata, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huzuni na kulia kwa uchungu kutatoweka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}“Mimi, naam mimi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndimi niwafarijie ninyi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ninyi ni nani hata kuwaogopa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanadamu wanaokufa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanadamu ambao ni majani tu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}kwamba mnamsahau \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Muumba wenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
aliyezitanda mbingu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuiweka misingi ya dunia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwamba mnaishi katika hofu siku zote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa sababu ya ghadhabu ya mdhalimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambaye nia yake ni kuangamiza? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Iko wapi basi ghadhabu ya mdhalimu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{14}Wafungwa waliojikunyata kwa hofu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watawekwa huru karibuni; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hawatafia kwenye gereza lao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hawatakosa chakula. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Kwa maana Mimi ndimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Mungu wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambaye huisukasuka bahari ili mawimbi yake yangurume: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndilo jina lake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Nimeweka maneno yangu kinywani mwako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukufunika kwa uvuli wa mkono wangu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mimi niliyeweka mbingu mahali pake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
niliyeweka misingi ya dunia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
niwaambiaye Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Ninyi ni watu wangu.’ ” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Kikombe Cha Ghadhabu Ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Kikombe Cha Ghadhabu Ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Amka, amka! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Simama, ee Yerusalemu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wewe uliyekunywa kutoka mkono wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kikombe cha ghadhabu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wewe uliyekunywa mpaka kufikia machujo yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kikombe kile cha kunywea 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kiwafanyacho watu kuyumbayumba. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Kati ya wana wote aliowazaa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuwepo hata mmoja wa kumwongoza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kati ya wana wote aliowalea 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuwepo hata mmoja wa kumshika mkono. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Majanga haya mawili yamekuja juu yako: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni nani awezaye kukufariji? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Maangamizi, uharibifu, njaa na upanga: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni nani awezaye kukutuliza? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Wana wako wamezimia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wamelala kwenye mwanzo wa kila barabara, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama swala aliyenaswa kwenye wavu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wamejazwa na ghadhabu ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na makaripio ya Mungu wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Kwa hiyo sikiliza hili, wewe uliyeteswa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
uliyelewa, lakini si kwa mvinyo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mungu wako, yeye ambaye huwatetea watu wake: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Tazama, nimeondoa mkononi mwako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kikombe kilichokufanya uyumbayumbe; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kutoka kikombe hicho, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kikombe cha kunywa cha ghadhabu yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kamwe hutakunywa tena. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Nitakiweka mikononi mwa watesi wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wale waliokuambia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
‘Anguka kifudifudi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili tuweze kutembea juu yako.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ukaufanya mgongo wako kama ardhi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama njia yao ya kupita.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{52}Amka, amka, ee Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
jivike nguvu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Vaa mavazi yako ya fahari, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ee Yerusalemu, mji mtakatifu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Asiyetahiriwa na aliye najisi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hataingia kwako tena. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Jikungʼute mavumbi yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
inuka, uketi kwenye kiti cha enzi, ee Yerusalemu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Jifungue minyororo iliyo shingoni mwako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ee Binti Sayuni uliye mateka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{3}Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Mliuzwa pasipo malipo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nanyi mtakombolewa bila fedha.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{4}Kwa maana hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Hapo kwanza watu wangu walishuka Misri kuishi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hatimaye, Ashuru wakawaonea. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{5}“Basi sasa nina nini hapa?” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Kwa kuwa watu wangu wamechukuliwa pasipo malipo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wale wanaowatawala wanawadhihaki,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Mchana kutwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
jina langu limetukanwa bila kikomo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Kwa hiyo watu wangu watalijua Jina langu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa hiyo katika siku ile watajua 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwamba ndimi niliyetangulia kulisema. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Naam, ni mimi.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Tazama jinsi miguu ya wale waletao habari njema 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ilivyo mizuri juu ya milima, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wale wanaotangaza amani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanaoleta habari njema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanaotangaza wokovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wauambiao Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Mungu wako anatawala!” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Sikiliza! Walinzi wako wanapaza sauti zao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pamoja wanapaza sauti zao kwa furaha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wakati \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakaporejea Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wataliona kwa macho yao wenyewe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Pazeni sauti ya nyimbo za furaha pamoja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
enyi magofu ya Yerusalemu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa maana \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amewafariji watu wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ameikomboa Yerusalemu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Mkono mtakatifu wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} umefunuliwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
machoni pa mataifa yote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nayo miisho yote ya dunia itaona 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wokovu wa Mungu wetu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Ondokeni, ondokeni, tokeni huko! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Msiguse kitu chochote kilicho najisi! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tokeni kati yake mwe safi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi mchukuao vyombo vya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Lakini hamtaondoka kwa haraka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hamtakwenda kwa kukimbia; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa maana \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atatangulia mbele yenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mungu wa Israeli atakuwa mlinzi nyuma yenu. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Mateso Na Utukufu Wa Mtumishi }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Mateso Na Utukufu Wa Mtumishi }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Tazama, mtumishi wangu atatenda kwa hekima; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atatukuzwa, na kuinuliwa juu, na kukwezwa sana. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Kama walivyokuwa wengi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
walioshangazwa naye, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwani uso wake ulikuwa umeharibiwa sana 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
zaidi ya mtu yeyote 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na umbo lake kuharibiwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
zaidi ya mfano wa mwanadamu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}hivyo atayashangaza mataifa mengi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wafalme watafunga vinywa vyao kwa sababu yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa kuwa yale ambayo hawakuambiwa, watayaona, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo yale wasiyoyasikia, watayafahamu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{53}Ni nani aliyeamini ujumbe wetu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mkono wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} umefunuliwa kwa nani? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Alikua mbele yake kama mche mwororo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kama mzizi katika nchi kavu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hakuwa na uzuri wala utukufu wa kutuvutia kwake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuwa na chochote katika sura yake cha kutufanya tumtamani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Alidharauliwa na kukataliwa na wanadamu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mtu wa huzuni nyingi, ajuaye mateso. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kama mtu ambaye watu humficha nyuso zao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
alidharauliwa, wala hatukumhesabu kuwa kitu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Hakika alichukua udhaifu wetu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na akajitwika huzuni zetu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hata hivyo tulidhania kuwa amepigwa na Mungu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
akapigwa sana naye, na kuteswa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Lakini alitobolewa kwa ajili ya makosa yetu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
alichubuliwa kwa ajili ya maovu yetu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
adhabu iliyotuletea sisi amani ilikuwa juu yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwa majeraha yake sisi tumepona. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Sisi sote, kama kondoo, tumepotea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kila mmoja wetu amegeukia njia yake mwenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
naye \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} aliweka juu yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
maovu yetu sisi sote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Alionewa na kuteswa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hata hivyo hakufungua kinywa chake; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
aliongozwa kama mwana-kondoo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
apelekwaye machinjoni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama vile kondoo anyamazavyo mbele ya wao wamkataye manyoya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hivyo hakufungua kinywa chake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Kwa kuonewa na kuhukumiwa aliondolewa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Nani awezaye kueleza kuhusu kizazi chake? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa maana alikatiliwa mbali na nchi ya walio hai, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
alipigwa kwa ajili ya makosa ya watu wangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Wakamfanyia kaburi pamoja na waovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pamoja na matajiri katika kifo chake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ingawa hakutenda jeuri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hapakuwa na hila kinywani mwake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Lakini yalikuwa ni mapenzi ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kumchubua na kumsababisha ateseke. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ingawa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amefanya maisha yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwa sadaka ya hatia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ataona uzao wake na kuishi siku nyingi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo mapenzi ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} yatafanikiwa mkononi mwake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Baada ya maumivu ya nafsi yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ataona nuru ya uzima na kuridhika; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa maarifa yake, mtumishi wangu mwenye haki 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atawafanya wengi kuwa wenye haki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye atayachukua maovu yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Kwa hiyo nitamgawia sehemu miongoni mwa wakuu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye atagawana nyara pamoja na wenye nguvu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa sababu aliyamimina maisha yake hadi mauti, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye alihesabiwa pamoja na wakosaji. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa kuwa alichukua dhambi za wengi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwaombea wakosaji. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Utukufu Wa Baadaye Wa Sayuni }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Utukufu Wa Baadaye Wa Sayuni }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{54}“Imba, ewe mwanamke tasa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wewe ambaye kamwe hukuzaa mtoto; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
paza sauti kwa kuimba, piga kelele kwa furaha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wewe ambaye kamwe hukupata utungu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa sababu watoto wa mwanamke aliyeachwa ukiwa ni wengi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuliko wa mwanamke mwenye mume,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}“Panua mahali pa hema lako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tandaza mapazia ya hema lako uyaeneze mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala usiyazuie; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ongeza urefu wa kamba zako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
imarisha vigingi vyako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Kwa maana utaenea upande wa kuume 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na upande wa kushoto; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wazao wako watayamiliki mataifa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukaa katika miji yao iliyoachwa ukiwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}“Usiogope, wewe hutaaibika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Usiogope aibu, wewe hutaaibishwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wewe utasahau aibu ya ujana wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hutakumbuka tena mashutumu ya ujane wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Kwa maana Muumba wako ndiye mume wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndilo jina lake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli ni Mkombozi wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye anaitwa Mungu wa dunia yote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakuita urudi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kana kwamba ulikuwa mke aliyeachwa na kuhuzunishwa rohoni; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama mke aliyeolewa bado angali kijana 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukataliwa,” asema Mungu wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}“Kwa kitambo kidogo nilikuacha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini kwa huruma nyingi nitakurudisha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Katika ukali wa hasira 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nilikuficha uso wangu kwa kitambo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
lakini kwa fadhili za milele 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitakuwa na huruma juu yako,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mkombozi wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}“Kwangu mimi jambo hili ni kama siku za Noa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nilipoapa kuwa maji ya Noa kamwe hayatafunika tena dunia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hivyo sasa nimeapa sitawakasirikia ninyi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kamwe sitawakemea tena. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Ijapotikisika milima, na vilima viondolewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hata hivyo upendo wangu usiokoma kwenu hautatikisika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wala agano langu la amani halitaondolewa,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, mwenye huruma juu yenu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}“Ewe mji uliyeteswa, uliyepigwa kwa dhoruba na usiyetulizwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitakujenga kwa almasi, nitaweka misingi yako kwa yakuti samawi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Nitafanya minara yako ya akiki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
malango yako kwa vito vingʼaavyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nazo kuta zako zote za vito vya thamani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Watoto wako wote watafundishwa na \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo amani ya watoto wako itakuwa kuu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Kwa haki utathibitika: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kuonewa kutakuwa mbali nawe; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hutaogopa chochote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hofu itakuwa mbali nawe; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
haitakukaribia wewe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Kama mtu yeyote akikushambulia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
haitakuwa kwa ruhusa yangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yeyote akushambuliaye 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atajisalimisha kwako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}“Tazama, ni mimi niliyemuumba mhunzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye afukutaye makaa kuwa moto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutengeneza silaha inayofaa kwa kazi yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tena ni mimi niliyemwambia mharabu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kufanya uharibifu mwingi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Hakuna silaha itakayofanyizwa dhidi yako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
itakayofanikiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nawe utauthibitisha kuwa mwongo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kila ulimi utakaokushtaki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Huu ndio urithi wa watumishi wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na hii ndiyo haki yao itokayo kwangu,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Mwaliko Kwa Wenye Kiu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Mwaliko Kwa Wenye Kiu }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{55}“Njooni, ninyi nyote wenye kiu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
njooni kwenye maji; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nanyi ambao hamna fedha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
njooni, nunueni na mle! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Njooni, nunueni divai na maziwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
bila fedha na bila gharama. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Kwa nini kutumia fedha kwa kitu ambacho si chakula, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutaabikia kitu kisichoshibisha? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Sikilizeni, nisikilizeni mimi na mle kilicho kizuri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nazo nafsi zenu zitafurahia utajiri wa unono. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Tegeni sikio mje kwangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nisikieni mimi, ili nafsi zenu zipate kuishi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitafanya agano la milele nanyi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pendo la uaminifu nililomwahidi Daudi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Tazama, nimemfanya kuwa shahidi wa mataifa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kiongozi na jemadari wa mataifa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Hakika utaita mataifa usiyoyajua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo mataifa yale yasiyokujua yataharakisha kukujia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa sababu ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mungu wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa maana amekutukuza.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Mtafuteni \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} maadamu anapatikana; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mwiteni maadamu yu karibu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Mtu mwovu na aiache njia yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mtu mbaya na ayaache mawazo yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Yeye na amrudie \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, naye atamrehemu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
arudi kwa Mungu wetu, kwa kuwa atamsamehe bure kabisa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}“Kwa kuwa mawazo yangu si mawazo yenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala njia zenu si njia zangu,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}“Kama vile mbingu zilivyo juu kuliko dunia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndivyo njia zangu zilivyo juu kuliko njia zenu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mawazo yangu kuliko mawazo yenu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Kama vile mvua na theluji 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ishukavyo kutoka mbinguni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nayo hairudi tena huko 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
bila kunywesha dunia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kuichipusha na kuistawisha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hivyo hutoa mbegu kwa mpanzi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mkate kwa mlaji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}ndivyo lilivyo neno langu lile litokalo kinywani mwangu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Halitanirudia tupu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
bali litatimiliza lile nililokusudia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na litafanikiwa katika kusudi lile nililolituma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Mtatoka nje kwa furaha 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuongozwa kwa amani; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
milima na vilima 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vitapaza sauti kwa nyimbo mbele yenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nayo miti yote ya shambani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
itapiga makofi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Badala ya kichaka cha miiba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
itaota miti ya misunobari, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na badala ya michongoma 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utaota mhadasi.\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{55:13 }Mhadasi ni aina ya mti ambao huota milimani karibu na Yerusalemu, hutoa harufu nzuri itumikayo kutengeneza manukato; kwa Kiebrania ni “hadas”, na ilikuwa inatumika kujenga vibanda wakati wa Sikukuu ya Vibanda (ona pia \+xt Neh 8:15\+xt*).} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hili litakuwa jambo la kumpatia \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} jina, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya ishara ya milele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambayo haitaharibiwa.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Wokovu Kwa Ajili Ya Wengine }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Wokovu Kwa Ajili Ya Wengine }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{56}Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Dumisheni haki 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mkatende lile lililo sawa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa maana wokovu wangu u karibu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na haki yangu itafunuliwa upesi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Amebarikiwa mtu yule atendaye hili, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mtu yule alishikaye kwa uthabiti, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yeye ashikaye Sabato bila kuinajisi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
auzuiaye mkono wake usifanye uovu wowote.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Usimwache mgeni aambatanaye na \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} aseme, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Hakika \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atanitenga na watu wake.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Usimwache towashi yeyote alalamike akisema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Mimi ni mti mkavu tu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{4}Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Kwa matowashi washikao Sabato zangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambao huchagua kile kinachonipendeza 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kulishika sana agano langu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}hao nitawapa ndani ya Hekalu langu na kuta zake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kumbukumbu na jina bora 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuliko kuwa na watoto wa kiume na wa kike: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitawapa jina lidumulo milele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambalo halitakatiliwa mbali. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Wageni wanaoambatana na \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili kumtumikia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kulipenda jina la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kumwabudu yeye, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wote washikao Sabato bila kuinajisi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na ambao hushika sana agano langu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}hawa nitawaleta kwenye mlima wangu mtakatifu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwapa furaha ndani ya nyumba yangu ya sala. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Sadaka zao za kuteketeza na dhabihu zao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
zitakubalika juu ya madhabahu yangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa maana nyumba yangu itaitwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nyumba ya sala kwa mataifa yote.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi asema, yeye awakusanyaye 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Waisraeli waliohamishwa: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Bado nitawakusanya wengine kwao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
zaidi ya hao ambao wamekusanywa tayari.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Mashtaka Ya Mungu Dhidi Ya Waovu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Mashtaka Ya Mungu Dhidi Ya Waovu }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Njooni, enyi wanyama wote wa kondeni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
njooni mle, ninyi wanyama wote wa mwituni! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Walinzi wa Israeli ni vipofu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wote wamepungukiwa na maarifa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wote ni mbwa walio bubu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hawawezi kubweka; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hulala na kuota ndoto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hupenda kulala. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Ni mbwa wenye tamaa kubwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kamwe hawatosheki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wao ni wachungaji waliopungukiwa na ufahamu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wote wamegeukia njia yao wenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kila mmoja hutafuta faida yake mwenyewe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Kila mmoja hulia, “Njooni, tupate mvinyo! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Tunywe kileo sana! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kesho itakuwa kama leo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au hata bora zaidi.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Ibada Ya Sanamu Ya Israeli Iliyo Batili }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Ibada Ya Sanamu Ya Israeli Iliyo Batili }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{57}Mwenye haki hupotea, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hakuna hata mmoja awazaye hilo moyoni mwake; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
watu wanaomcha Mungu huondolewa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hakuna hata mmoja anayeelewa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kuwa wenye haki wameondolewa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili wasipatikane na maovu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Wale waendao kwa unyofu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huwa na amani; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hupata pumziko walalapo mautini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}“Lakini ninyi: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Njooni hapa, ninyi wana wa wachawi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi wazao wa wazinzi na makahaba! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Mnamdhihaki nani? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ni nani mnayemcheka kwa dharau, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kumtolea ndimi zenu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Je, ninyi si watoto wa waasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
uzao wa waongo? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Mnawaka tamaa katikati ya mialoni 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na chini ya kila mti uliotanda matawi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mnawatoa kafara watoto wenu kwenye mabonde 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na chini ya majabali yenye mianya. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}“Sanamu zilizo katikati ya mawe laini ya mabondeni ndizo fungu lenu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hizo ndizo sehemu yenu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Naam, kwa hizo mmemimina sadaka za vinywaji, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutoa sadaka za nafaka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Katika haya yote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
niendelee kuona huruma? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Umeweka kitanda chako juu kwenye kilima kirefu kilichoinuka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huko ulikwenda kutoa dhabihu zako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Nyuma ya milango yako na miimo yako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
umeweka alama zako za kipagani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa kuniacha mimi, ulifunua kitanda chako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
umepanda juu yake na kukipanua sana; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ulifanya patano na wale ambao unapenda vitanda vyao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nawe uliangalia uchi wao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Ulikwenda kwa Moleki\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{57:9 }Moleki alikuwa mungu aliyekuwa anaabudiwa na Waamoni; pia alijulikana kama Malkomu, Maloki au Kemoshi wa Moabu.} ukiwa na mafuta ya zeituni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na ukaongeza manukato yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ukawatuma wajumbe wako mbali sana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ukashuka kwenye kaburi\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{57:9 }Kaburi hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.} lenyewe! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Ulikuwa umechoshwa na njia zako zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini hukusema, ‘Hakuna tumaini.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ulipata uhuisho wa nguvu zako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa sababu hiyo hukuzimia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}“Ni nani uliyemhofu hivyo na kumwogopa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hata ukawa mwongo kwangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wala hukunikumbuka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kutafakari hili moyoni mwako? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Si ni kwa sababu nimekuwa kimya muda mrefu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hata huniogopi? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Nitaifunua haki yako na matendo yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo hayatakufaidi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Utakapolia kwa kuhitaji msaada, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sanamu zako ulizojikusanyia na zikuokoe! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Upepo utazipeperusha zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pumzi peke yake itazipeperusha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lakini mtu atakayenifanya kimbilio lake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atairithi nchi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuumiliki mlima wangu mtakatifu.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Faraja Kwa Wenye Majuto }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Faraja Kwa Wenye Majuto }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{14}Tena itasemwa: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Jengeni, jengeni, itengenezeni njia! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ondoeni vikwazo katika njia ya watu wangu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Kwa maana hili ndilo asemalo Aliye juu, yeye aliyeinuliwa sana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye aishiye milele, ambaye jina lake ni Mtakatifu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Ninaishi mimi mahali palipoinuka na patakatifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
lakini pia pamoja na yeye aliye na roho iliyotubu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na mwenye roho ya unyenyekevu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili kuzihuisha roho za wanyenyekevu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuihuisha mioyo yao waliotubu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Sitaendelea kulaumu milele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala sitakasirika siku zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa kuwa roho ya mwanadamu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ingezimia mbele zangu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yaani pumzi ya mwanadamu niliyemuumba. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Nilighadhibika na tamaa yake ya dhambi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nilimwadhibu, nikauficha uso wangu kwa hasira, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na bado aliendelea katika njia zake za tamaa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Nimeziona njia zake, lakini nitamponya, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitamwongoza na kumrudishia upya faraja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}nikiumba sifa midomoni ya waombolezaji 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Amani, amani, kwa wale walio mbali 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwa wale walio karibu,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. “Nami nitawaponya.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Bali waovu ni kama bahari ichafukayo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ambayo haiwezi kutulia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mawimbi yake hutupa takataka na matope. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Mungu wangu asema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
“Hakuna amani kwa waovu.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Mfungo Wa Kweli }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Mfungo Wa Kweli }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{58}“Piga kelele, usizuie. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Paza sauti yako kama tarumbeta. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watangazieni watu wangu uasi wao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwa nyumba ya Yakobo dhambi zao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Kwa maana kila siku hunitafuta, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanaonekana kutaka kujua njia zangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kana kwamba walikuwa taifa linalotenda lililo sawa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na ambalo halijaziacha amri za Mungu wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hutaka kwangu maamuzi ya haki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao hutamani Mungu awakaribie. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Wao husema, ‘Mbona tumefunga, nawe hujaona? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mbona tumejinyenyekeza, nawe huangalii?’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Lakini katika siku ya kufunga kwenu, mnafanya mnavyotaka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwadhulumu wafanyakazi wenu wote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Kufunga kwenu huishia kwenye magomvi na mapigano, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kupigana ninyi kwa ninyi kwa ngumi za uovu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hamwezi kufunga kama mnavyofanya leo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutazamia sauti zenu kusikiwa huko juu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Je, hii ndiyo aina ya mfungo niliouchagua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
siku moja tu ya mtu kujinyenyekeza? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, ni kwa kuinamisha kichwa chini kama tete, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwa kujilaza juu ya nguo ya gunia na majivu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, huo ndio mnaouita mfungo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
siku iliyokubalika kwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}“Je, hii si ndiyo aina ya mfungo niliyoichagua: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kufungua minyororo ya udhalimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kufungua kamba za nira, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kuwaweka huru walioonewa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuvunja kila nira? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Je, sio kushirikiana chakula chako na wenye njaa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwapatia maskini wasiokuwa na makao hifadhi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
unapomwona aliye uchi, umvike, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala si kumkimbia mtu wa nyama na damu yako mwenyewe? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Ndipo nuru yako itajitokeza kama mapambazuko 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na uponyaji wako utatokea upesi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ndipo haki yako itakapokutangulia mbele yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na utukufu wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} utakuwa mlinzi nyuma yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Ndipo utaita, naye \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atajibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utalia kuomba msaada, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye atasema: Mimi hapa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Kama ukiiondoa nira ya udhalimu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kunyoosha kidole na kuzungumza maovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}nanyi kama mkimkunjulia mtu mwenye njaa nafsi zenu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutosheleza mahitaji ya walioonewa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ndipo nuru yenu itakapongʼaa gizani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao usiku wenu utakuwa kama adhuhuri. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakuongoza siku zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atayatosheleza mahitaji yako katika nchi kame, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye ataitia nguvu mifupa yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Utakuwa kama bustani iliyonyweshwa vizuri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama chemchemi ambayo maji yake hayakauki kamwe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Watu wako watajenga tena magofu ya zamani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuinua misingi ya kale; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
utaitwa Mwenye Kukarabati Kuta Zilizobomoka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mwenye Kurejeza Barabara za Makao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}“Kama ukitunza miguu yako isivunje Sabato, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutokufanya kama vile upendavyo katika siku yangu takatifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama ukiita Sabato siku ya furaha 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na siku takatifu ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ya kuheshimiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama utaiheshimu kwa kutoenenda 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika njia zako mwenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kutokufanya yakupendezayo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kusema maneno ya upuzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}ndipo utakapojipatia furaha yako katika \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami nitakufanya upande juu ya miinuko ya nchi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kusherehekea urithi wa Yakobo baba yako.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
Kinywa cha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} kimenena haya. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Dhambi, Toba Na Ukombozi }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Dhambi, Toba Na Ukombozi }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{59}Hakika mkono wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} si mfupi hata usiweze kuokoa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala sikio lake si zito hata lisiweze kusikia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Lakini maovu yenu yamewatenga 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi na Mungu wenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
dhambi zenu zimewaficha ninyi uso wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili asisikie. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Kwa maana mikono yenu imetiwa mawaa kwa damu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na vidole vyenu kwa hatia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Midomo yenu imenena uongo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nazo ndimi zenu zimenongʼona mambo maovu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Hakuna hata mmoja anayedai kwa haki; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna hata mmoja anayetetea shauri lake kwa haki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wanategemea mabishano matupu na kusema uongo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
huchukua mimba ya magomvi na kuzaa uovu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Huangua mayai ya nyoka wenye sumu kali 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutanda wavu wa buibui. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Yeyote alaye mayai yao atakufa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wakati moja lianguliwapo, nyoka hutoka humo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Utando wao wa buibui haufai kwa nguo; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hawawezi kujifunika kwa kile walichokitengeneza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Matendo yao ni matendo maovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vitendo vya jeuri vipo mikononi mwao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Miguu yao hukimbilia kwenye dhambi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni myepesi kumwaga damu isiyo na hatia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mawazo yao ni mawazo maovu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
uharibifu na maangamizi huonekana katika njia zao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Hawajui njia ya amani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna haki katika mapito yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wameyageuza kuwa njia za upotovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna apitaye njia hizo atakayeifahamu amani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Hivyo uadilifu uko mbali nasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo haki haitufikii. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tunatazamia nuru, kumbe! Yote ni giza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tunatazamia mwanga, lakini tunatembea katika giza kuu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Tunapapasa ukuta kama kipofu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tunapapasa katika njia zetu kama watu wasio na macho. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Adhuhuri tunajikwaa kama wakati wa gizagiza; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katikati ya wenye nguvu, tuko kama wafu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Wote tunanguruma kama dubu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tunalia kwa maombolezo kama hua. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tunatafuta haki, kumbe hakuna kabisa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tunatafuta wokovu, lakini uko mbali. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Kwa sababu makosa yetu ni mengi machoni pako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na dhambi zetu zinashuhudia dhidi yetu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Makosa yetu yako pamoja nasi daima, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nasi tunayatambua maovu yetu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Uasi na udanganyifu dhidi ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kumgeuzia Mungu wetu kisogo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
tukichochea udhalimu na maasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
tukinena uongo ambao mioyo yetu imeuhifadhi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Hivyo uadilifu umerudishwa nyuma, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo haki inasimama mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kweli imejikwaa njiani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
uaminifu hauwezi kuingia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Kweli haipatikani popote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na yeyote aepukaye uovu huwa mawindo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} alitazama naye akachukizwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwamba hapakuwepo haki. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Aliona kuwa hakuwepo hata mtu mmoja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
akashangaa kwamba hakuwepo hata mmoja wa kuingilia kati; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hivyo mkono wake mwenyewe 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndio uliomfanyia wokovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nayo haki yake mwenyewe 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndiyo iliyomtegemeza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Alivaa haki kama dirii kifuani mwake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na chapeo ya wokovu kichwani mwake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
alivaa mavazi ya kisasi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye akajifunga wivu kama joho. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Kulingana na kile walichokuwa wametenda, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndivyo atakavyolipa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ghadhabu kwa watesi wake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kisasi kwa adui zake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atavilipa visiwa sawa na wanavyostahili. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Kuanzia magharibi, watu wataliogopa jina la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuanzia mawio ya jua, watauheshimu utukufu wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wakati adui atakapokuja kama mafuriko, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Roho wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atainua kiwango dhidi yake na kumshinda. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}“Mkombozi atakuja Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa wale wa Yakobo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wanaozitubu dhambi zao,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{21}“Kwa habari yangu mimi, hili ndilo agano langu nao,” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. “Roho wangu, aliye juu yenu, na maneno yangu ambayo nimeyaweka katika vinywa vyenu, havitaondoka vinywani mwenu, wala kutoka vinywani mwa watoto wenu, wala kutoka vinywani mwa wazao wao, kuanzia sasa na hata milele,” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Utukufu Wa Sayuni }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Utukufu Wa Sayuni }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{60}“Ondoka, angaza, kwa kuwa nuru yako imekuja 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na utukufu wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} umezuka juu yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Tazama, giza litaifunika dunia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na giza kuu litayafunika mataifa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
lakini \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atazuka juu yako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na utukufu wake utaonekana juu yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Mataifa watakuja kwenye nuru yako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wafalme kwa mwanga wa mapambazuko yako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}“Inua macho yako na utazame pande zote: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Wote wanakusanyika na kukujia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wana wako wanakuja toka mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao binti zako wanabebwa mikononi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Ndipo utatazama na kutiwa nuru, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
moyo wako utasisimka na kujaa furaha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mali zilizo baharini zitaletwa kwako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utajiri wa mataifa utakujilia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Makundi ya ngamia yatajaa katika nchi yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ngamia vijana wa Midiani na Efa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nao wote watokao Sheba watakuja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakichukua dhahabu na uvumba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutangaza sifa za \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Makundi yote ya Kedari yatakusanyika kwako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kondoo dume wa Nebayothi watakutumikia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
watakubalika kama sadaka juu ya madhabahu yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami nitalipamba Hekalu langu tukufu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}“Ni nani hawa warukao kama mawingu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama hua kuelekea kwenye viota vyao? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Hakika visiwa vinanitazama, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
merikebu za Tarshishi\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{60:9 }Au: za biashara (ona pia \+xt 1Fal 10:22; 22:48; 2Nya 9:21; 20:36; Isa 2:16\+xt*).} ndizo zinazotangulia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
zikiwaleta wana wenu kutoka mbali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakiwa na fedha na dhahabu zao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa heshima ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, Mungu wenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa maana amekujalia utukufu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}“Wageni watazijenga upya kuta zako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wafalme wao watakutumikia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ingawa katika hasira nilikupiga, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini katika upendeleo wangu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitakuonyesha huruma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Malango yako yatakuwa wazi siku zote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kamwe hayatafungwa, mchana wala usiku, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili watu wapate kukuletea utajiri wa mataifa: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wafalme wao wakiongoza maandamano ya ushindi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Kwa maana taifa au ufalme ule ambao hautakutumikia utaangamia; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
utaharibiwa kabisa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}“Utukufu wa Lebanoni utakujilia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
msunobari, mvinje pamoja na mteashuri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili kupapamba mahali pangu patakatifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami nitapatukuza mahali pa miguu yangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Wana wa wale waliokuonea watakuja wakisujudu mbele yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wote wanaokudharau watasujudu kwenye miguu yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nao watakuita Mji wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Sayuni ya Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}“Ingawa umeachwa na kuchukiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
bila yeyote anayesafiri ndani yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitakufanya kuwa fahari ya milele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na furaha ya vizazi vyote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Utanyonya maziwa ya mataifa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kunyonyeshwa matiti ya wafalme. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ndipo utakapojua kwamba Mimi, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, ni Mwokozi wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mkombozi wako, niliye Mwenye Nguvu wa Yakobo. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Badala ya shaba nitakuletea dhahabu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na fedha badala ya chuma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Badala ya mti nitakuletea shaba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na chuma badala ya mawe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nitafanya amani kuwa mtawala wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na haki kuwa mfalme wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Jeuri hazitasikika tena katika nchi yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala maangamizi au uharibifu ndani ya mipaka yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
lakini utaita kuta zako Wokovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na malango yako Sifa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Jua halitakuwa tena nuru yako mchana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala mwangaza wa mwezi hautakuangazia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa maana \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakuwa nuru yako ya milele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye Mungu wako atakuwa utukufu wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}Jua lako halitazama tena, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao mwezi wako hautafifia tena; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakuwa nuru yako milele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nazo siku zako za huzuni zitakoma. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Ndipo watu wako wote watakuwa waadilifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wataimiliki nchi milele. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wao ni chipukizi nililolipanda, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kazi ya mikono yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili kuonyesha utukufu wangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Aliye mdogo kwenu atakuwa elfu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mdogo kuliko wote atakuwa taifa lenye nguvu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mimi ndimi \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika wakati wake nitayatimiza haya upesi.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Mwaka Wa Upendeleo Wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Mwaka Wa Upendeleo Wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{61}Roho wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi yu juu yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa sababu \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amenitia mafuta 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwahubiria maskini habari njema. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Amenituma kuwaganga waliovunjika moyo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwatangazia mateka uhuru wao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na hao waliofungwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
habari za kufunguliwa kwao; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}kutangaza mwaka wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} uliokubaliwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na siku ya kisasi ya Mungu wetu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kuwafariji wote waombolezao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\verseNumber{3}na kuwapa mahitaji 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wale wanaohuzunika katika Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ili kuwapa taji ya uzuri badala ya majivu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mafuta ya furaha badala ya maombolezo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
vazi la sifa badala ya roho ya kukata tamaa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nao wataitwa mialoni ya haki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pando la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili kuonyesha utukufu wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Watajenga upya magofu ya zamani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kupatengeneza mahali palipoachwa ukiwa zamani; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
watafanya upya miji iliyoharibiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
iliyoachwa ukiwa kwa vizazi vingi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Wageni watayachunga makundi yenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wageni watafanya kazi katika mashamba yenu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutunza mashamba yenu ya mizabibu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Nanyi mtaitwa makuhani wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mtaitwa watumishi wa Mungu wetu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mtakula utajiri wa mataifa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nanyi katika utajiri wao mtajisifu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Badala ya aibu yao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watu wangu watapokea sehemu maradufu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na badala ya fedheha 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watafurahia katika urithi wao; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hivyo watarithi sehemu maradufu katika nchi yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo furaha ya milele itakuwa yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}“Kwa maana Mimi, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, napenda haki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na ninachukia unyangʼanyi na uovu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Katika uaminifu wangu nitawapa malipo yao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kufanya agano la milele nao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Wazao wao watajulikana miongoni mwa mataifa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na uzao wao miongoni mwa kabila za watu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wale wote watakaowaona watatambua 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwa ni taifa ambalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} amelibariki.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Ninafurahia sana katika \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nafsi yangu inashangilia katika Mungu wangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa maana amenivika mavazi ya wokovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kunipamba kwa joho la haki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama vile bwana arusi apambavyo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kichwa chake kama kuhani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kama bibi arusi ajipambavyo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa vito vyake vya thamani. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Kwa maana kama vile ardhi ifanyavyo chipukizi kuota, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na bustani isababishavyo mbegu kuota, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ndivyo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi atafanya haki na sifa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
zichipuke mbele ya mataifa yote. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Jina Jipya La Sayuni }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Jina Jipya La Sayuni }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{62}Kwa ajili ya Sayuni sitanyamaza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya Yerusalemu sitatulia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mpaka haki yake itakapoangaza kama mapambazuko, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wokovu wake kama mwanga wa moto. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Mataifa wataona haki yako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wafalme wote wataona utukufu wako; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wewe utaitwa kwa jina jipya 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lile ambalo kinywa cha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} kitatamka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Utakuwa taji ya fahari mkononi mwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
taji ya kifalme mkononi mwa Mungu wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Hawatakuita tena Aliyeachwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala nchi yako kuiita Ukiwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Bali utaitwa Hefsiba,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{62:4 }Hefsiba maana yake Yeye ninayemfurahia.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo nchi yako itaitwa Beula,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{62:4 }Beula maana yake Aliyeolewa.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa maana \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atakufurahia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo nchi yako itaolewa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Kama vile kijana aoavyo mwanamwali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndivyo wanao\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{62:5 }Au: wajenzi wako.} watakavyokuoa wewe; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama bwana arusi amfurahiavyo bibi arusi wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndivyo Mungu wako atakavyokufurahia wewe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Nimeweka walinzi juu ya kuta zako, ee Yerusalemu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hawatanyamaza mchana wala usiku. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ninyi wenye kumwita \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
msitulie, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}msimwache apumzike hadi atakapoufanya imara Yerusalemu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuufanya uwe sifa ya dunia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ameapa kwa mkono wake wa kuume 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kwa mkono wake wenye nguvu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Kamwe sitawapa tena adui zenu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nafaka zenu kama chakula chao; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kamwe wageni hawatakunywa tena 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
divai mpya ambayo mmeitaabikia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}lakini wale waivunao nafaka wataila 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kumsifu \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nao wale wakusanyao zabibu watainywa divai yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika nyua za patakatifu pangu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Piteni, piteni katika malango! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Tengenezeni njia kwa ajili ya watu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Jengeni, jengeni njia kuu! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ondoeni mawe. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Inueni bendera kwa ajili ya mataifa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ametoa tangazo 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mpaka miisho ya dunia: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Mwambie Binti Sayuni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
‘Tazama, mwokozi wako anakuja! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Tazama ujira wake uko pamoja naye, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na malipo yake yanafuatana naye!’ ” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Wataitwa Watu Watakatifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Waliokombolewa na \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nawe utaitwa Aliyetafutwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mji Usioachwa Tena. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Siku Ya Mungu Ya Kisasi Na Ukombozi }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Siku Ya Mungu Ya Kisasi Na Ukombozi }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{63}Ni nani huyu anayekuja kutoka Edomu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka Bosra, mwenye mavazi yaliyotiwa madoa mekundu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ni nani huyu, aliyevikwa joho la kifahari, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
anayetembea kwa ukuu wa nguvu zake? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Mimi ndimi, nisemaye katika haki, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mwenye nguvu wa kuokoa.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Kwa nini mavazi yako ni mekundu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kama ya yule akanyagaye shinikizo la zabibu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}“Nimekanyaga shinikizo la zabibu peke yangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka mataifa hakuna mtu aliyekuwa pamoja nami. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Nimewaponda kwa miguu katika hasira yangu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwakanyaga chini katika ghadhabu yangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
damu yao ilitia matone kwenye mavazi yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutia madoa nguo zangu zote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Kwa kuwa siku ya kisasi ilikuwa moyoni mwangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mwaka wa ukombozi wangu umefika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Nilitazama, lakini hakuwepo yeyote wa kunisaidia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nilishangaa kwa kuwa hakuwepo yeyote aliyetoa msaada; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hivyo mkono wangu wenyewe ndio ulionifanyia wokovu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na ghadhabu yangu mwenyewe ndiyo iliyonitegemeza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Nilikanyaga mataifa kwa miguu katika hasira yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika ghadhabu yangu niliwalewesha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kumwaga damu yao juu ya ardhi.” 

\BibleSectionHeading{Kusifu Na Kuomba }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Kusifu Na Kuomba }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Nitasimulia juu ya wema wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa matendo ambayo apaswa kusifiwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
sawasawa na yote ambayo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ametenda kwa ajili yetu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
naam, mambo mengi mema aliyoyatenda 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya nyumba ya Israeli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
sawasawa na huruma zake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na wema wake mwingi. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Alisema, “Hakika wao ni watu wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wana ambao hawatanidanganya”; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hivyo akawa Mwokozi wao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Katika taabu zao zote naye alitaabika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na malaika wa uso wake akawaokoa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Katika upendo wake na rehema zake aliwakomboa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
akawainua na kuwachukua siku zote zilizopita. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Lakini waliasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kumhuzunisha Roho Mtakatifu wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hivyo aligeuka na kuwa adui yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na yeye mwenyewe akapigana dhidi yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Ndipo watu wake wakazikumbuka siku zilizopita, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
siku za Mose na watu wake: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yuko wapi yeye aliyewaleta kupitia katikati ya bahari, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
pamoja na wachungaji wa kundi lake? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Yuko wapi yule aliyeweka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Roho wake Mtakatifu katikati yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}aliyetuma mkono wake uliotukuka wenye nguvu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwa katika mkono wa kuume wa Mose, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
aliyegawa maji ya bahari mbele yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili kujipatia jina milele, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}aliyewaongoza kupitia kwenye vilindi? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Kama farasi katika nchi iliyo wazi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wao hawakujikwaa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}kama ngʼombe washukao bondeni kwenye malisho, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
walipewa pumziko na Roho wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hivi ndivyo ulivyowaongoza watu wako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili kujipatia mwenyewe jina tukufu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Tazama chini kutoka mbinguni ukaone 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutoka kiti chako cha enzi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kilichoinuliwa juu, kitakatifu na kitukufu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Uko wapi wivu wako na uweza wako? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Umetuzuilia wema wako na huruma zako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Lakini wewe ni Baba yetu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ingawa Abrahamu hatufahamu sisi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala Israeli hatutambui; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wewe, Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, ndiwe Baba yetu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mkombozi wetu tangu zamani za kale ndilo jina lako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, kwa nini unatuacha twende mbali na njia zako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuifanya mioyo yetu migumu hata hatukukuheshimu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Rudi kwa ajili ya watumishi wako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yale makabila ambayo ni urithi wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Kwa maana kwa muda mfupi watu wako walimiliki mahali pako patakatifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini sasa adui zetu wamepakanyaga mahali patakatifu pako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Sisi tumekuwa kama wale ambao hujawatawala kamwe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kama wale ambao hawajaitwa kwa jina lako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{64}Laiti ungelipasua mbingu na kushuka chini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili milima ingelitetemeka mbele zako! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Kama vile moto uteketezavyo vijiti 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kusababisha maji kuchemka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
shuka ukafanye jina lako lijulikane kwa adui zako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kusababisha mataifa yatetemeke mbele zako! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Kwa maana ulipofanya mambo ya kutisha ambayo hatukuyatazamia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ulishuka, nayo milima ikatetemeka mbele zako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Tangu nyakati za zamani hakuna yeyote aliyesikia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hakuna sikio lililotambua, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hakuna jicho lililomwona Mungu mwingine ila wewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
anayetenda mambo kwa ajili ya wale wamngojeao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Uliwasaidia watu wale watendao yaliyo haki kwa furaha, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wale wazikumbukao njia zako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Lakini wakati tulipoendelea kutenda dhambi kinyume na njia zako, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ulikasirika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Tutawezaje basi kuokolewa? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Sisi sote tumekuwa kama mtu aliye najisi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo matendo yetu yote ya uadilifu ni kama matambaa machafu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
sisi sote tunasinyaa kama jani, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kama upepo maovu yetu hutupeperusha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}Hakuna yeyote anayeliitia jina lako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala anayejitahidi kukushika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa kuwa umetuficha uso wako 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutuacha tudhoofike kwa sababu ya dhambi zetu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Lakini, Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, wewe ndiwe Baba yetu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Sisi ni udongo, wewe ndiye mfinyanzi; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sisi sote tu kazi ya mkono wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, usikasirike kupita kiasi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
usizikumbuke dhambi zetu milele. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ee Bwana, utuangalie, twakuomba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa kuwa sisi sote tu watu wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Miji yako mitakatifu imekuwa jangwa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hata Sayuni ni jangwa, Yerusalemu ni ukiwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Hekalu letu takatifu na tukufu, mahali ambapo baba zetu walikusifu wewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
limechomwa kwa moto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
navyo vitu vyote tulivyovithamini vimeharibika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}Ee \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, baada ya haya yote, utajizuia? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Je, utanyamaza kimya na kutuadhibu kupita kiasi? 

\BibleSectionHeading{Hukumu Na Wokovu }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Hukumu Na Wokovu }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\chapterNumber{65}“Nilijifunua kwa watu wale ambao hawakuniulizia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Nimeonekana na watu wale ambao hawakunitafuta. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa taifa lile ambalo halikuliita Jina langu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nilisema, ‘Niko hapa, niko hapa.’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Mchana kutwa nimeinyoosha mikono yangu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa watu wakaidi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wanaokwenda katika njia ambazo si nzuri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wafuatao mawazo yao wenyewe: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}taifa ambalo daima hunikasirisha 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
machoni pangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wakitoa dhabihu katika bustani 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kufukiza uvumba juu ya madhabahu za matofali; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}watu waketio katikati ya makaburi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kukesha mahali pa siri, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
walao nyama za nguruwe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nazo sufuria zao zina mchuzi wa nyama zilizo najisi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}wasemao, ‘Kaa mbali; usinikaribie, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa maana mimi ni mtakatifu mno kwako!’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Watu wa aina hiyo ni moshi katika pua zangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni moto uwakao mchana kutwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}“Tazama, jambo hili hubakia limeandikwa mbele zangu: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sitanyamaza, bali nitalipiza kwa ukamilifu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nitalipiza mapajani mwao: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}dhambi zenu na dhambi za baba zenu,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Kwa sababu walitoa dhabihu za kuteketezwa juu ya milima 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kunichokoza mimi juu ya vilima, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nitawapimia mapajani mwao 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
malipo makamilifu kwa matendo yao ya zamani.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{8}Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Kama vile divai mpya ingali bado inapatikana 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika kishada cha zabibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nao watu husema, ‘Usikiharibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa kuwa bado kuna kitu kizuri ndani yake,’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
hivyo ndivyo nitakavyofanya kwa ajili ya watumishi wangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sitawaangamiza wote. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Nitawaleta wazao kutoka kwa Yakobo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kutoka kwa Yuda wale watakaomiliki milima yangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nao watu wangu wateule watairithi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nako huko wataishi watumishi wangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}Sharoni itakuwa malisho 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya makundi ya kondoo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na Bonde la Akori mahali pa kupumzikia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa makundi ya ngʼombe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya watu wangu wanaonitafuta. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}“Bali kwenu ninyi mnaomwacha \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuusahau mlima wangu mtakatifu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
ninyi mnaoandaa meza kwa ajili ya Bahati,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{65:11 }Bahati alikuwa mungu wa Wakaldayo ambaye pia alijulikana kama Gadi.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kujaza mabakuli ya mvinyo uliochanganywa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa ajili ya Ajali,\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{65:11 }Ajali au Meni alikuwa mungu wa majaliwa.} 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{12}nitawaagiza mfe kwa upanga, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nanyi nyote mtainama chini ili kuchinjwa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa kuwa niliwaita lakini hamkuitika, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nilisema lakini hamkusikiliza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mlitenda maovu machoni pangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nanyi mkachagua mambo yale yanayonichukiza.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{13}Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Watumishi wangu watakula, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini ninyi mtaona njaa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
watumishi wangu watakunywa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini ninyi mtaona kiu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
watumishi wangu watafurahi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini ninyi mtaona haya. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Watumishi wangu wataimba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kwa furaha ya mioyo yao, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
lakini ninyi mtalia 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kutokana na uchungu wa moyoni, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na kupiga yowe kwa sababu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ya uchungu wa roho zenu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Mtaliacha jina lenu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kuwa laana kwa watu wangu waliochaguliwa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} Mwenyezi atawaua ninyi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini watumishi wake atawapa jina jingine. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Yeye aombaye baraka katika nchi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atafanya hivyo kwa Mungu wa kweli; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yeye aapaye katika nchi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ataapa kwa Mungu wa kweli. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa kuwa taabu za zamani zitasahaulika 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kufichwa kutoka machoni pangu. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Mbingu Mpya Na Dunia Mpya }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Mbingu Mpya Na Dunia Mpya }
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{17}“Tazama, nitaumba 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mbingu mpya na dunia mpya. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mambo ya zamani hayatakumbukwa, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hayatakuja akilini. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{18}Lakini furahini na kushangilia daima 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika hivi nitakavyoumba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa kuwa nitaumba Yerusalemu uwe wa kupendeza, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao watu wake wawe furaha. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{19}Nami nitaifurahia Yerusalemu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwafurahia watu wangu; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
sauti ya maombolezo na ya kilio 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
haitasikika humo tena. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{20}“Kamwe hatakuwepo tena ndani yake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
mtoto mchanga atakayeishi siku chache tu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au mzee ambaye hataishi akatimiza miaka yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Yeye atakayekufa akiwa na umri wa miaka mia moja 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atahesabiwa kwamba ni kijana tu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
yeye ambaye hatafika miaka mia moja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atahesabiwa kuwa amelaaniwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{21}Watajenga nyumba na kuishi ndani yake; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
watapanda mashamba ya mizabibu na kula matunda yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{22}Hawatajenga nyumba, nao watu wengine waishi ndani yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au kupanda mazao na wengine wale. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa kuwa kama zilivyo siku za mti, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndivyo zitakavyokuwa siku za watu wangu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
wateule wangu watafurahia kwa siku nyingi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kazi za mikono yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{23}Hawatajitaabisha kwa kazi bure, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wala hawatazaa watoto ili wapatwe na majanga, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
kwa kuwa watakuwa taifa lililobarikiwa na \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wao na wazao wao pamoja nao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{24}Kabla hawajaita, nitajibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao wakiwa katika kunena, nitasikia. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{25}Mbwa mwitu na mwana-kondoo watalisha pamoja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
naye simba atakula nyasi kama maksai, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
lakini mavumbi yatakuwa chakula cha nyoka. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Hawatadhuru wala kuharibu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika mlima wangu mtakatifu wote,” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 

\BibleSectionHeading{Hukumu Na Matumaini }

\addcontentsline{toc}{toc}{Hukumu Na Matumaini }
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\chapterNumber{66}Hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Mbingu ni kiti changu cha enzi, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nayo dunia ni mahali pa kuweka miguu yangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Iko wapi nyumba mtakayoijenga kwa ajili yangu? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Mahali pangu pa kupumzikia patakuwa wapi? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{2}Je, mkono wangu haukufanya vitu hivi vyote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
hivyo vikapata kuwepo?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQQQ
asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Mtu huyu ndiye ninayemthamini: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yeye ambaye ni mnyenyekevu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na mwenye roho yenye toba, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
atetemekaye asikiapo neno langu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{3}Lakini yeyote atoaye dhabihu ya fahali 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni kama yeye auaye mtu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na yeyote atoaye sadaka ya mwana-kondoo, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni kama yule avunjaye shingo ya mbwa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Yeyote atoaye sadaka ya nafaka, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni kama yule aletaye damu ya nguruwe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
na yeyote afukizaye uvumba wa kumbukumbu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ni kama yule aabuduye sanamu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Wamejichagulia njia zao wenyewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nazo nafsi zao zinafurahia machukizo yao. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{4}Hivyo, mimi pia nitawachagulia mapigo makali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nami nitaleta juu yao kile wanachokiogopa. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Kwa maana nilipoita, hakuna yeyote aliyejibu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
niliposema, hakuna yeyote aliyesikiliza. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Walifanya maovu machoni pangu 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuchagua lile linalonichukiza.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{5}Sikieni neno la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi mtetemekao kwa neno lake: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Ndugu zenu wanaowachukia ninyi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuwatenga ninyi kwa sababu ya Jina langu, wamesema, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
‘\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} na atukuzwe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ili tupate kuona furaha yenu!’ 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Hata sasa wataaibika. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{6}Sikieni hizo ghasia kutoka mjini, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
sikieni hizo kelele kutoka hekaluni! 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Ni sauti ya \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} ikiwalipa adui zake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
yote wanayostahili. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{7}“Kabla hajasikia utungu, alizaa; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
kabla hajapata maumivu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
alizaa mtoto mwanaume. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{8}Ni nani amepata kusikia jambo kama hili? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
Ni nani amepata kuona mambo kama haya? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Je, nchi yaweza kuzaliwa kwa siku moja, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
au taifa laweza kutokea mara? 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
Mara Sayuni alipoona utungu, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
alizaa watoto wake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{9}Je, nilete mwana hadi wakati wa kuzaliwa 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na nisizalishe?” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Je, nifunge tumbo la uzazi 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
wakati mimi ndiye nizalishaye?” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
asema Mungu wako. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{10}“Shangilieni pamoja na Yerusalemu na mfurahi kwa ajili yake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi nyote mnaompenda, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
shangilieni kwa nguvu pamoja naye, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ninyi nyote mnaoomboleza juu yake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{11}Kwa kuwa mtanyonya na kutosheka 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
katika faraja ya matiti yake; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mtakunywa sana, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kuufurahia wingi wa mafuriko ya ustawi wake.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{12}Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}: 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
“Nitamwongezea amani kama mto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nao utajiri wa mataifa kama kijito kifurikacho; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
utanyonya na kuchukuliwa mikononi mwake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na kubembelezwa magotini pake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{13}Kama mama anavyomfariji mtoto wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
ndivyo nitakavyokufariji wewe, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nawe utafarijiwa huko Yerusalemu.” 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{14}Wakati mtakapoona jambo hili, mioyo yenu itashangilia, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
nanyi mtastawi kama majani; 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
mkono wa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} utajulikana kwa watumishi wake, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
bali ghadhabu yake kali 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
itaonyeshwa kwa adui zake. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{15}Tazama, \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} anakuja na moto, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
magari yake ya vita ni kama upepo wa kisulisuli, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
atateremsha hasira yake kwa ghadhabu kali, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
na karipio lake pamoja na miali ya moto. 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
\verseNumber{16}Kwa maana kwa moto na kwa upanga wake 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
\BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana} atatekeleza hukumu juu ya watu wote, 
\BibleParagraphStyleQ
nao wengi watakuwa ni wale 
\BibleParagraphStyleQQ
waliouawa na \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{17}“Watu wote wanaojiweka wakfu na kujitakasa wenyewe ili kwenda bustanini, wakimfuata aliye katikati ya wale ambao hula nyama za nguruwe na panya pamoja na vitu vingine vilivyo machukizo, watafikia mwisho wao pamoja,” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{18}“Nami, kwa sababu ya matendo yao na mawazo yao, niko karibu kuja na kukusanya mataifa yote na lugha zote, nao watakuja na kuuona utukufu wangu. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{19}“Nitaweka ishara katikati yao, nami nitapeleka baadhi ya hao walionusurika kwa mataifa, hadi Tarshishi, kwa Puli\BibleFootnote{+ \BibleFootnoteAnchor{66:19 }Puli hapa inamaanisha Libya.} na Waludi (wanaojulikana kama wapiga upinde), kwa Tubali na Uyunani, hadi visiwa vya mbali ambavyo havijasikia juu ya sifa zangu au kuuona utukufu wangu. Watatangaza utukufu wangu miongoni mwa mataifa. 
\verseNumber{20}Nao watawaleta ndugu zenu wote, kutoka mataifa yote, mpaka kwenye mlima wangu mtakatifu katika Yerusalemu kama sadaka kwa \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, juu ya farasi, katika magari ya vita na magari makubwa, juu ya nyumbu na ngamia,” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. “Watawaleta, kama Waisraeli waletavyo sadaka zao za nafaka, katika Hekalu la \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, katika vyombo safi kwa kufuata desturi za ibada. 
\verseNumber{21}Nami nitachagua baadhi yao pia wawe makuhani na Walawi,” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\BibleParagraphStyleP
\verseNumber{22}“Kama vile mbingu mpya na nchi mpya ninazozifanya zitakavyodumu mbele zangu,” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}, “ndivyo jina lenu na wazao wenu watakavyodumu. 
\verseNumber{23}Kutoka Mwezi Mpya hata mwingine, na kutoka Sabato hadi nyingine, wanadamu wote watakuja na kusujudu mbele zangu,” asema \BibleCharacterStyleND{Bwana}. 
\verseNumber{24}“Nao watatoka nje na kuona maiti za wale walioniasi mimi. Funza wao hawatakufa, wala moto wao hautazimika, nao watakuwa kitu cha kuchukiza sana kwa wanadamu wote.” 
\BibleBookEnd
\end{document}
